title.gif (7562 bytes)

PART I. The Old Buccaneer
Chapter I The Old Sea-Dog at the 'Admiral
Benbow'
Chapter II Black Dog Appears and
Disappears
Chapter III The Black Spot
Chapter IV The Sea Chest
Chapter V The Last of the Blind Man
Chapter VI The Captain's Papers
PART II. The Sea Cook
Chapter VII Go to Bristol
Chapter VIII At the Sign of the Spy-Glass
Chapter IX Powder and Arms
Chapter X The Voyage
Chapter XI What I Heard in the Apple Barrel
Chapter XII Council of War
PART III. My Shore Adventure
Chapter XIII How My Shore Adventure
Began
Chapter XIV The First Blow
Chapter XV The Man of the Island
PART IV. The Stockade
Chapter XVI Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: How the Ship was Abandoned
Chapter XVII Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: The Jolly-Boat's last Trip
Chapter XVIII Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: End of the First Day's Fighting
Chapter XIX Narrative Resumed by Jim
Hawkins: The Garrison in the Stockade
Chapter XX Silver's Embassy
Chapter XXI The Attack
PART V. My Sea Adventure
Chapter XXII How My Sea Adventure
Began

Chapter XXIII The Ebb-Tide Runs
Chapter XXIV The Cruise of the Coracle
Chapter XXV I Strike the Jolly Roger
Chapter XXVI Israel Hands
Chapter XXVII 'Pieces of Eight'
PART VI. Captain Silver
Chapter XXVIII In the Enemy's Camp
Chapter XXIX The Black Spot Again
Chapter XXX On Parole
Chapter XXXI The Treasure Hunt—Flint's
Pointer
Chapter XXXII The Treasure Hunt—The
Voice Among the Trees
Chapter XXXIII The Fall of a Chieftain
Chapter XXXIV And Last

PART I. The Old Buccaneer

Chapter I The Old Sea-Dog at the 'Admiral
Benbow'

SQUIRE TRELAWNEY, Dr Livesey, and the
rest of these gentlemen having asked me to
write down the whole particulars about
Treasure island, from the beginning to the
end, keeping nothing back but the bearings
of the island, and that only because there is
still treasure not yet lifted, I take up my pen in
the year of grace 17—, and go back to the time
when my father kept the 'Admiral Benbow'
inn, and the brown old seaman, with the
sabre cut, first took up his lodging under our
roof.

I remember him as if it were yesterday, as

-1-

he came plodding to the inn door, his sea-
chest following behind him in a
handbarrow; a tall, strong, heavy, nut-
brown man; his tarry pigtail falling over the
shoulders of his soiled blue coat; his hands
ragged and scarred, with black, broken
nails; and the sabre cut across one cheek, a
dirty, livid white. I remember him looking
round the cove and whistling to himself as
he did so, and then breaking out in that old
sea-song that he sang so often
afterwards:—

'Fifteen men on the dead man's chest—

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!'

in the high, old tottering voice that seemed
to have been tuned and broken at the
capstan bars. Then he rapped on the door
with a bit of stick like a handspike that he
carried, and when my father appeared,
called roughly for a glass of rum. This, when
it was brought to him, he drank slowly, like a
connoisseur, lingering on the taste, and still
looking about him at the cliffs and up at our
signboard.

'This is a handy cove,' says he, at length;
'and a pleasant sittyated grog-shop. Much
company, mate?'

My father told him no, very little company,
the more was the pity.'

'Well, then,' said he, 'this is the berth for me.
Here you matey,' he cried to the man who
trundled the barrow; 'bring up alongside
and help up my chest. I'll stay here a bit,' he
continued. 'I'm a plain man; rum and bacon
and eggs is what I want, and that head up
there for to watch ships off. What you
mought call me? You mought call me
captain. Oh, I see what you're at—there;' and
he threw down three or four gold pieces on
the threshold. 'You can tell me when I've

worked through that,' says he, looking as
fierce as a commander.

And, indeed, bad as his clothes were, and
coarsely as he spoke, he had none of the
appearance of a man who sailed before the
mast; but seemed like a mate or skipper
accustomed to be obeyed or to strike. The
man who came with the barrow told us the
mail had set him down this morning before
at the 'Royal George;' that he had inquired
what inns there were along the coast, and
hearing ours well spoken of, I suppose, and
described as lonely, had chosen it from the
others for his place of residence. And that
was all we could learn of our guest.

He was a very silent man by custom. All day
he hung round the cove, or upon the cliffs,
with a brass telescope; all evening he sat in
a corner of the parlour next the fire, and
drank run and water very strong. Mostly he
would not speak when spoken to; only look
up sudden and fierce, and blow through his
nose like a fog-horn; and we and the
people who came about our house soon
learned to let him be. Every day, when he
came back from his stroll, he would ask if
any seafaring men had gone by along the
road. At first we thought it was the want of
company of his own kind that made him ask
this question; but at last we began to see he
was desirous to avoid them. When a
seaman put up at the 'Admiral Benbow' (as
now and then some did, making by the
coast road for Bristol) he would look in at
him through the curtained door before he
entered the parlour; and he was always
sure to be as silent as a mouse when any
such was present. For me, at least, there
was no secret about the matter; for I was, in
a way, a sharer in his alarms. He had taken
me aside one day, and promised me a
silver fourpenny on the first of every month if
I would only keep my 'weather-eye open for
a seafaring man with one leg,' and let him

-2-

know the moment he appeared. Often
enough, when the first of the month came
round, and I applied to him for my wage, he
would only blow through his nose at me, and
stare me down; but before the week was
out he was sure to think better of it, bring me
my fourpenny piece, and repeat his orders
to look out for 'the seafaring man with one
leg.'

How that personage haunted my dreams, I
need scarcely tell you. On stormy nights,
when the wind shook the four corners of the
house, and the surf roared along the cove
and up the cliffs, I would see him in a
thousand forms, and with a thousand
diabolical expressions. Now the leg would
be cut off at the knee, now at the hip; now
he was a monstrous kind of a creature who
had never had but the one leg, and that in
the middle of his body. To see him leap and
run and pursue me over hedge and ditch
was the worst of nightmares. And
altogether I paid pretty dear for my monthly
fourpenny piece, in the shape of these
abominable fancies.

But though I was so terrified by the idea of
the seafaring man with one leg, I was far
less afraid of the captain himself than
anybody else who knew him. There were
nights when he took a deal more rum and
water than his head would carry; and then
he would sometimes sit and sing his
wicked, old, wild sea-songs, minding
nobody; but sometimes he would call for
glasses round, and force all the trembling
company to listen to his stories or bear a
chorus to his singing. Often I have heard the
house shaking with 'Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle
of rum;' all the neighbours joining in for
dear life, with the fear of death upon them,
and each singing louder than the other, to
avoid remark. For in these fits he was the
most overriding companion ever known; he
would slap his hand on the table for silence

all round; he would fly up in a passion of
anger at a question, or sometimes because
none was put, and so he judged the
company was not following his story. Nor
would he allow anyone to leave the inn till he
had drunk himself sleepy and reeled off to
bed.

His stories were what frightened people
worst of all. Dreadful stories they were;
about hanging, and walking the plank, and
storms at sea, and the Dry Tortugas, and
wild deeds and places on the Spanish
Main. By his own account he must have
lived his life among some of the wickedest
men that God ever allowed upon the sea;
and the language in which he told these
stories shocked our plain country people
almost as much as the crimes that he
described. My father was always saying the
inn would be ruined, for people would soon
cease coming there to be tyrannised over
and put down, and sent shivering to their
beds; but I really believe his presence did us
good. People were frightened at the time,
but on looking back they rather liked it; it
was a fine excitement in a quiet country life;
and there was even a party of the younger
me who pretended to admire him, calling
him a 'true sea-dog,' and a 'real old salt,'
and suchlike names, and saying there was
the sort of man that made England terrible
at sea.

In one way, indeed, he bade fair to ruin us;
for he kept on staying week after week, and
at last month after month so that all the
money had been long exhausted, and still
my father never plucked up the heart to
insist on having more If ever he mentioned
it, the captain blew through his nos so
loudly, that you might say he roared, and
stared my poor father out of the room. I have
seen him wringing his hand after such a
rebuff, and I am sure the annoyance and the
terror he lived in must have greatly hastened

-3-

his early and unhappy death.

All the time he lived with us the captain
made no change whatever in his dress but
to buy some stockings from hawker. One of
the cocks of his hat having fallen down, he
let it hang from that day forth, though it was
a great annoyance when it blew. I
remember the appearance of his coat,
which he patched himself upstairs in his
room, and which, before the end, was
nothing but patches. He never wrote or
received a letter, and he never spoke with
any but the neighbours, and with these, for
the most part, only when drunk on rum. The
great sea-chest none of us had ever seen
open.

He was only once crossed, and that was
towards the end, when my poor father was
far gone in a decline that took him off. Dr
Livesey came late one afternoon to see the
patient, took a bit of dinner from my mother,
and went into the parlour to smoke a pipe
until his horse should come down from the
hamlet, for we had no stabling at the old
'Benbow.' I followed him in, and I
remember observing the contrast the neat,
bright doctor, with his powder as white as
snow, and his bright, black eyes and
pleasant manners, made with the coltish
country folk, and above all, with that filthy,
heavy, bleared scarecrow of a pirate of
ours, sitting, far gone in rum, with his arms
on the table. Suddenly he—the captain, that
is—began to pipe up his eternal song:—

'Fifteen men on the dead man's chest

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!

Drink and the devil had done for the rest

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!'

At first I had supposed 'the dead man's

chest' to be that identical big box of his
upstairs in the front room, and the thought
had been mingled in my nightmares with
that of the one-legged seafaring man. But
by this time we had all long ceased to pay
any particular notice to the song; it was
new, that night, to nobody but Dr Livesey,
and on him I observed it did not produce an
agreeable effect, for he looked up for a
moment quite angrily before he went on with
his talk to old Taylor, the gardener, on a new
cure for the rheumatics. In the meantime,
the captain gradually brightened up at his
own music, and at last flapped his hand
upon the table before him in a way we all
knew to mean—silence. The voices stopped
at once, all but Dr Livesey's; he went on as
before, speaking clear and kind, and
drawing briskly at his pipe between every
word or two. The captain glared at him for a
while, flapped his hand again, glared still
harder, and at last broke out with a
villainous, low oath: 'Silence, there,
between decks!'

'Were you addressing me, sir?' says the
doctor; and when the ruffian had told him,
with another oath, that this was so 'I have
only one thing to say to you, sir,' replies the
doctor that if you keep on drinking rum, the
world will soon be quit of a very dirty
scoundrel!'

The old fellow's fury was awful. He sprang
to his feet, drew and opened a sailor's
clasp-knife, and, balancing it open on the
palm of his hand, threatened to pin the
doctor to the wall.

The doctor never so much as moved. He
spoke to him, as before, over his shoulder,
and in the same tone of voice; rather high,
so that all the room might hear, but perfectly
calm ant steady:—

'If you do not put that knife this instant in your

-4-

pocket I promise, upon my honour, you shall
hang at the next assizes.'

Then followed a battle of looks between
them; but this captain soon knuckled under,
put up his weapon, and resumed his seat,
grumbling like a beaten dog.

'And now, sir,' continued the doctor, 'since I
now know there's such a fellow in my
district, you may count I'll have an eye upon
you day and night. I'm not a doctor only; I'm
a magistrate; and if I catch a breath of
complaint against you if its only for a piece
of incivility like to-night's, I'll take effectual
means to have you hunted down and routed
out of this. Let that suffice.'

Soon after Dr Livesey's horse came to the
door, and he rode away; but the captain
held his peace that evening, and for many
evenings to come.

Chapter II Black Dog Appears and
Disappears

IT was not very long after this that there
occurred the first of the mysterious events
that rid us at last of the captain, though not,
as you will see, of his affairs. It was a bitter
cold winter, with long, hard frosts and heavy
gales; and it was plain from the first that my
poor father was little likely to see the spring.
He sank daily, and my mother and I had all
the inn upon our hands; and were kept busy
enough, without paying much regard to our
unpleasant guest.

It was one January morning, very early—a
pinching, frosty morning—the cove all grey
with boar-frost, the ripple lapping softly on
the stones, the sun still low and only
touching the hilltops and shining far to
seaward. The captain had risen earlier than
usual, and set out down the beach, his
cutlass swinging under the broad skirts of

the old blue coat, his brass telescope under
his arm, his hat tilted back upon his head. I
remember his breath hanging like smoke in
his wake as he strode off, and the last
sound I heard of him, as he turned the big
rock, was a loud snort of indignation, as
though his mind was still running upon Dr
Livesey.

Well, mother was upstairs with father; and I
was laying the breakfast table against the
captain's return, when the parlour door
opened, and a man stepped in on whom I
had never set my eyes before. He was a
pale, tallowy creature, wanting two fingers
of the left hand; and, though he wore a
cutlass, he did not look much like a fighter. I
had always my eye open for seafaring men,
with one leg or two, and I remember this one
puzzled me. He was not sailorly, and yet he
had a smack of the sea about him too.

I asked him what was for his service, and he
said he would take rum; but as I was going
out of the room to fetch it he sat down upon
a table, and motioned me to draw near. I
paused where I was with my napkin in my
hand.

'Come here, sonny,' says he. 'Come
nearer here.'

I took a step nearer.

'Is this here table for my mate, Bill?' he
asked, with a kit of leer.

I told him I did not know his mate Bill; and
this was for a person who stayed in our
house, whom we called the captain.

'Well,' said he, 'my mate Bill would be
called the captain as like as not. He has a
cut on one cheek, and a mighty pleasant
way with him, particularly in drink, has my
mate, Bill. We'll put it, for argument like, that

-5-

your captain has a cut on one cheek—and
we'll put it, if you like, that the cheek's the
right one. Ah, well! I told you. Now, is my
mate Bill in this here house?'

I told him he was out walking.

'Which way, sonny? Which way is he gone?'

And when I had pointed out the rock and told
him how the captain was likely to return, and
how soon, and answer a few other
questions, 'Ah,' said he, 'this'll be as good
as drink to my mate Bill.'

The expression of his face as he said these
words was not at all pleasant, and I had my
own reasons for thinking the the stranger
was mistaken, even supposing he meant
who he said. But it was no affair of mine, I
thought; and, besides, it was difficult to
know what to do. The stranger kept hanging
about just inside the inn door, peering
round the corner like a cat waiting for a
mouse. Once I stepped out myself into the
road, but he immediately called me back,
and, as I did no obey quick enough for his
fancy, a most horrible change came over
his tallowy face, and he ordered me in, with
an oath that made me jump. As soon as I
was back again he returned to his former
manner, half fawning, half sneering, patted
me on the shoulder, told me I was a good
boy, and he had taken quite a fancy to me. 'I
have a son of my own,' said he, 'as like you
as two blocks, and he's all the pride of my
'art. But the great thing for boys is
discipline, sonny—discipline. Now if you had
sailed along of Bill, you wouldn't have stood
there to be spoke to twice—not you. That was
never Bill's way nor the way of such as
sailed with him. And here, sure enough is
my mate Bill, with a spy-glass under his
arm, bless his old 'art to be sure. You and
me'll just go back into the parlour, sonny,
and get behind the door, and we'll give Bill a

little surprise—bless his 'art, I say again.'

So saying, the stranger backed along with
me into the parlour, and put me behind him
in the corner, so that we were both hidden
by the open door. I was very uneasy and
alarmed, as you may fancy, and it rather
added to my fears to observe that the
stranger was certainly frightened himself.
He cleared the hilt of his cutlass and
loosened the blade in the sheath; and all the
time we were waiting there he kept
swallowing as if he felt what we used to call
a lump in the throat.

At last in strode the captain, slammed the
door behind him, without looking to the right
or left, and marched straight across the
room to where his breakfast awaited him.

'Bill,' said the stranger, in a voice that I
thought he had tried to make bold and big.

The captain spun round on his heel and
fronted us; all the brown had gone out of his
face, and even his nose was blue; he had
the look of a man who sees a ghost, or the
evil one, or something worse, if anything
can be; and, upon my word, I felt sorry to
see him, all in a moment, turn so old and
sick.

'Come, Bill, you know me; you know an old
shipmate, Bill, surely,' said the stranger.

The captain made a sort of gasp.

'Black Dog.' said he.

'And who else?' returned the other, getting
more at his ease. 'Black Dog as ever was,
come for to see his old shipmate Billy, at the
'Admiral Benbow'' inn. Ah, Bill, Bill, we
have seen a sight of times, us two, since I
lost them two talons,' holding up his
mutilated hand.

-6-

'Now, look here,' said the captain; 'you've
run me down; here I am; well, then, speak
up: what is it?'

'That's you, Bill,' returned Black Dog,
'you're in the right of it, Billy. I'll have a glass
of rum from this dear child here, as I've took
such a liking to; and we'll sit down, if you
please, and talk square, like old
shipmates.'

When I returned with the rum, they were
already seated on either side of the
captain's breakfast table—Black Dog next to
the door, and sitting sideways, so as to
have one eye on his old shipmate, and one,
as I thought, on his retreat.

He bade me go, and leave the door wide
open. 'None of your keyholes for me,
sonny,' he said; and I left them together and
retired into the bar.

For a long time, though I certainly did my
best to listen I could hear nothing but a low
gabbling; but at last the voice: began to
grow higher, and I could pick up a word or
two mostly oaths, from the captain.

'No, no, no, no; and an end of it!' he cried
once. And again 'If it comes to swinging,
swing all, say I.'

Then all of a sudden there was a
tremendous explosion of oaths and other
noises—the chair and table went over in a
lump, a clash of steel followed, and then a
cry of pain, and the next instant I saw Black
Dog in full flight, and the captain hotly
pursuing, both with drawn cutlasses, and
the forme' streaming blood from the left
shoulder. Just at the door, that captain
aimed at the fugitive one last tremendous
cut, which would certainly have split him to
the chine had it not beer intercepted by our
big signboard of Admiral Benbow. You may

see the notch on the lower side of the frame
to this day.

That blow was the last of the battle. Once
out upon that road, Black Dog, in spite of
his wound, showed a wonderful clean pair
of heels, and disappeared over the edge of
the hill in half a minute. The captain, for his
part, stood staring at the signboard like a
bewildered man. Then he passed his hand
over his eyes several times, and at last
turned back into the house.

'Jim,' says he, 'rum;' and as he spoke, he
reeled a little and caught himself with one
hand against the wall.

'Are you hurt?' cried I.

'Rum,' he repeated. 'I must get away from
here. Rum! rum!'

I ran to fetch it; but I was quite unsteadied by
all that had fallen out, and I broke one glass
and fouled the tap, and while I was still
getting in my own way, I heard a loud fall in
that parlour, and, running in, beheld the
captain lying full length upon the floor. At the
same instant my mother, alarmed by the
cries and fighting, came running downstairs
to help me. Between us we raised his head.
He was breathing very loud and hard; but
his eyes were closed, and his face a
horrible colour.

'Dear, deary me,' cried my mother, 'what a
disgrace upon the house! And your poor
father sick!'

In the meantime, we had no idea what to do
to help the captain, nor any other thought but
that he had got his death—hurt in the scuffle
with the stranger. I got the rum, to be sure,
and tried to put it down his throat; but his
teeth were tightly shut, and his jaws as
strong as iron. It was a happy relief for us

-7-

when the door opened and Doctor Livesey
came in, on his visit to my father.

'Oh, doctor,' we cried, 'what shall we do?
Where is he wounded?'

'Wounded? A fiddle-stick's end!' said the
doctor. 'No more wounded than you or I. The
man has had a stroke, as I warned him.
Now, Mrs Hawkins, just you run upstairs to
your husband, and tell him, if possible,
nothing about it. For my part, I must do my
best to save this fellow's trebly worthless
life; and Jim, you get me a basin.'

When I got back with the basin, the doctor
had already ripped up the captain's sleeve,
and exposed his great sinewy arm. It was
tattooed in several places. 'Here's luck,' 'A
fair wind,' and 'Billy Bones his fancy,' were
very neatly and clearly executed on the
forearm; and up near the shoulder there
was a sketch of a gallows and a man
hanging from it—done, as I thought, with
great spirit.

'Prophetic,' said the doctor, touching this
picture with his finger. 'And now, Master
Billy Bones, if that be your name, we'll have
a look at the colour of your blood. Jim,' he
said, are you afraid of blood?'

'No, sir,' said I.

'Well, then,' said he, 'you hold the basin;'
and with that he took his lancet and opened
a vein.

A great deal of blood was taken before the
captain opened his eyes and looked mistily
about him. First he recognised the doctor
with an unmistakable frown; then his glance
fell upon me, and he looked relieved. But
suddenly his colour changed, and he tried to
raise himself, crying:—

'Where's Black Dog?'

'There is no Black Dog here,' said the
doctor, 'except what you have on your own
back. You have been drinking rum; you have
had a stroke, precisely as I told you; and I
have just, very much against my own will,
dragged you head-foremost out of the
grave. Now, Mr Bones—'

'That's not my name,' he interrupted.

'Much I care,' returned the doctor. 'It's the
name of a buccaneer of my acquaintance;
and I call you by it for the sake of shortness,
and what I have to say to you is this: one
glass of rum won't kill you, but if you take
one you'll take another and another, and I
stake my wig if you don't break off short,
you'll die—do you understand that?—die, and
go to your own place, like the man in the
Bible. Come, now, make an effort. I'll help
you to your bed for once.'

Between us, with much trouble, we
managed to hoist him upstairs, and laid him
on his bed, where his head fell back on the
pillow, as if he were almost fainting.

'Now, mind you,' said the doctor, 'I clear my
conscience—the name of rum for you is
death.'

And with that he went off to see my father,
taking me with him by the arm.

'This is nothing,' he said, as soon as he had
closed the door. 'I have drawn blood
enough to keep him quiet a while; he should
lie for a week where he is—that is the best
thing for him and you; but another stroke
would settle him.'

Chapter III The Black Spot

ABOUT noon I stopped at the captain's

-8-

door with some cooling drinks and
medicines. He was lying very much as we
had left him, only a little higher, and he
seemed both weak and excited.

'Jim,' he said, 'you're the only one here
that's worth anything; and you know I've
been always good to you. Never a month but
I've given you a silver fourpenny for yourself.
And now you see, mate, I'm pretty low, and
deserted by all; and Jim, you'll bring me one
noggin of rum, now, won't you, matey?'

'The doctor——' I began.

But he broke in cursing the doctor, in a
feeble voice, but heartily. 'Doctors is all
swabs,' he said; 'and that doctor there,
why, what do he know about seafaring
men? I been in places hot as pitch, and
mates dropping round with Yellow Jack,
and the blessed land a-heaving like the sea
with earthquakes—what do the doctor know
of lands like that?—and I lived on rum, I tell
you. It's been meat and drink, and man and
wife, to me; and if I'm not to have my rum
now I'm a poor old hulk on a lee shore, my
blood'll be on you, Jim, and that Doctor
swab;' and he ran on again for a while with
curses. 'Look, Jim, how my fingers fidges,'
he continued, in the pleadi'I can't ng tone.
fool, I tell you. If I don't have a drain o' rum,
Jim, I'Il have the keep 'em still, not I. I
haven't had a drop this blessed day. That
doctor's a horrors; I seen some on 'em
already. I seen old Flint in the corner there,
behind you; as plain as print, I seen him;
and if I get the horrors, I'm a man that has
lived rough, and I'll raise Cain. Your doctor
himself said one glass wouldn't hurt me. I'll
give you a golden guinea for a noggin, Jim.'

He was growing more and more excited,
and this alarmed me for my father, who was
very low that day, and needed quiet;
besides, I was reassured by the doctorme,

and rather offended by the offer of a
bribe.'s words, now quoted to

'I want none of your money,' said I, 'but
what you owe my father. I'll get you one
glass, and no more.'

When I brought it to him, he seized it
greedily, and drank it out.

'Ay, ay,' said he, 'that's some better, sure
enough. And now, matey, did that doctor
say how long I was to lie here in this old
berth?'

'A week at least,' said I.

'Thunder!' he cried. 'A week! I can't do that:
they'd have the black spot on me by then.
The lubbers is going about get the wind of
me this blessed moment; lubbers as
couldn't keep what they got, and want to nail
what is another's. Is that seamanly
behaviour, now, I want to know? But I'm
saving soul. I never wasted good money of
mine, nor lost neither; and I'll trick 'em
again. I'm not afraid on 'em. I'll shake out
another reef, matey, and daddle 'em
again.'

As he was thus speaking, he had risen from
bed with great difficulty, holding to my
shoulder with a grip that almost made me
cry out, and moving his legs like so much
dead weight. His words, spirited as they
were in meaning, contrasted sadly with the
weakness of the voice in which they were
uttered. He paused when he had got into a
sitting position on the edge.

'That doctor's done me,' he murmured. 'My
ears is singing. Lay me back.'

Before I could do much to help him he had
fallen back again to his former place, where
he lay for a while silent.

-9-

'Jim,' he said, at length, 'you saw that
seafaring man to-day?'

'Black Dog?' I asked.

'Ah! Black Dog,' says he. 'He's a bad 'un;
but there's worse that put him on. Now, if I
can't get away nohow, and they tip me the
black spot, mind you, it's my old sea-chest
they're after; you get on a horse—you can,
can't you? Well, there you get on a horse,
and go to—well, yes, I will!—to this eternal
doctor swab, and tell him to pipe all hands
magistrates and such—and he'll lay 'em
aboard at the "Admiral Benbow"—all old
Flint's crew, man and boy, all on 'em that's
left. I was first mate, I was, old Flint's first
mate and I'm the on'y one as knows the
place. He gave it me at Savannah, when he
lay a-dying, like as if I was to now, you see.
But you won't peach unless they get the
black spot on me, or unless you see that
Black Dog again, or a seafaring man with
one leg, Jim—him above all.'

'But what is the black spot, Captain?' I
asked.

'That's a summons, mate. I'll tell you if they
get that. But you keep your weather-eye
open, Jim, and I'll share with you equals,
upon my honour.'

He wandered a little longer, his voice
growing weaker; but soon after I had given
him his medicine, which he took like a child,
with the remark, 'If ever a seaman wanted
drugs, it's me,' he fell at last into a heavy,
swoon-like sleep, in which I left him. What I
should have done had all gone well I do not
know. Probably I should have told the whole
story to the doctor; for I was in mortal fear
lest the captain should repent of his
confessions and make an end of me. But as
things fell out, my poor father died quite
suddenly that evening, which put all other

matters on one side. Cur natural distress,
the visits of the neighbours, the arranging of
the funeral, and all the work of the inn to be
carried on in the meanwhile, kept me so
busy that I had scarcely time to think of the
captain, far less to be afraid of him.

He got downstairs next morning, to be sure,
and had his meals as usual, though he ate
little, and had more, I am afraid, than his
usual supply of rum, for he helped himself
out of the bar, scowling and blowing through
his nose, and no one dared to cross him. On
the night before the funeral he was as drunk
as ever; and it was shocking, in that house
of mourning, to hear him singing away at his
ugly old sea-song; but, weak as he was,
we were all in the fear of death for him, and
the doctor was suddenly taken up with a
case many miles away, and was never near
the house after my father's death. I have
said the captain was weak; and indeed he
seemed rather to grow weaker than regain
his strength. He clambered up and
downstairs, and went from the parlour to the
bar and back again, and sometimes put his
nose out of doors to smell the sea, holding
on to the walls as he went for support, and
breathing hard and fast like a man on a
steep mountain. He never particularly
addressed me, and it is my belief he had as
good as forgotten his confidences; but his
temper was more flighty, and, allowing for
his bodily weakness, more violent than
ever. He had an alarming way now when he
was drunk of drawing his cutlass and laying
it bare before him on the table. But, with all
that, he minded people less, and seemed
shut up in his own thoughts and rather
wandering. Once, for instance, to our
extreme wonder, he piped up to a different
air, a kind of country love-song, that he
must have learned in his youth before he
had begun to follow the sea.

So things passed until, the day after the

-10-

funeral, and about three o'clock of a bitter,
foggy, frosty afternoon, I was standing at
the door for a moment full of sad thoughts
about my father, when I saw someone
drawing slowly near along the road. H was
plainly blind, for he tapped before him with
a stick, an wore a great green shade over
his eyes and nose; and he was hunched, as
if with age or weakness, and wore a huge
old tattered sea-cloak with a hood, that
made him appeal positively deformed. I
never saw in my life a more dreadful looking
figure. He stopped a little from the inn, and,
raisin his voice in an odd sing-song,
addressed the air in front of him:—

'Will any kind friend inform a poor blind man,
who has lost the precious sight of his eyes
in the gracious defence of his native
country, England, and God bless King
George!—where or in what part of this
country he may now be?'

'You are at the "Admiral Benbow," Black Hill
Cove, my good man,' said I.

'I hear a voice,' said he—'a young voice. Will
you give me your hand, my kind, young
friend, and lead me in?'

I held out my hand, and the horrible, soft-
spoken, eyeless creature gripped it in a
moment like a vice. I was so much startled
that I struggled to withdraw; but the blind
man pulled me close up to him with a single
action of his arm.

'Now, boy,' he said, 'take me in to the
captain.'

'Sir,' said I, 'upon my word I dare not.'

'Oh,' he sneered, 'that's it! Take me in
straight, or I'll break your arm.'

And he gave it, as he spoke, a wrench that

made me cry out.

'Sir,' said I, 'it is for yourself I mean. The
captain is not what he used to be. He sits
with a drawn cutlass. Another gentleman——'

'Come, now, march,' interrupted he; and I
never heard a voice so cruel, and cold, and
ugly as that blind man's. It cowed me more
than the pain; and I began to obey him at
once, walking straight in at the door and
towards the parlour, where our sick old
buccaneer was sitting, dazed with rum. The
blind man clung close to me, holding me in
one iron fist, and leaning almost more of his
weight on me than I could carry. 'Lead me
straight up to him, and when I'm in view, cry
out, "Here's a friend for you, Bill." If you
don't, I'll do this;' and with that he gave me a
twitch that I thought would have made me
faint. Between this and that, I was so utterly
terrified of the blind beggar that I forgot my
terror of the captain, and as I opened the
parlour door, cried out the words he had
ordered in a trembling voice.

The poor captain raised his eyes, and at
one look the rum went out of him, and left
him staring sober. The expression of his
face was not so much of terror as of mortal
sickness. He made a movement to rise, but
I do not believe he had enough force left in
his body.

'Now, Bill, sit where you are,' said the
beggar. 'If I can't see, I can hear a finger
stirring. Business is business. Hold out your
left hand. Boy, take his left hand by the
wrist, and bring it near to my right.'

We both obeyed him to the letter, and I saw
him pass something from the hollow of the
hand that held his stick into the palm of the
captain's, which closed upon it instantly.

'And now that's done,' said the blind man;

-11-

and at the words he suddenly left hold of
me, and, with incredible accuracy and
nimbleness, skipped out of the parlour and
into the road, where, as I still stood
motionless, I could hear his stick go tap-
tap-tapping into the distance.

It was some time before either I or the
captain seemed to gather our senses; but at
length, and about at the same moment, I
released his wrist, which I was still holding,
and he drew in his hand and looked sharply
into the palm.

'Ten o'clock!' he cried. 'Six hours. We'll do
them yet;' and he sprang to his feet.

Even as he did so, he reeled, put his hand to
his throat stood swaying for a moment, and
then, with a peculiar sound fell from his
whole height face foremost to the floor. ran
to him at once, calling to my mother. But
haste was all in vain. The captain had been
struck dead by thundering apoplexy. It is a
curious thing to understand, for I had
certainly never liked the man, though of late I
had begun to pity him, but as soon as I saw
that he was dead, I burst into a flood of
tears. It was the second death I had known,
an the sorrow of the first was still fresh in my
heart.

Chapter IV The Sea Chest

I LOST no time, of course, in telling my
mother all that I knew, and perhaps should
have told her long before, and we saw
ourselves at once in a difficult and
dangerous position. Some of the man's
money—If he had any—Was certainly due to us;
but it was not likely that our captain's
shipmates, above all the two specimens
seen by me, Black Dog and the blind
beggar, would be inclined to give up their
booty in payment of the dead man's debts.
The captain's order to mount at once and

ride for Doctor Livesey would have left my
mother alone and unprotected, which was
not to be thought of. Indeed, it seemed
impossible for either of us to remain much
longer in the house: the fall of coals in the
kitchen grate, the very ticking of the clock,
filled us with alarms. The neighbourhood, to
our ears, seemed haunted by approaching
footsteps; and what between the dead
body of the captain on the parlour floor, and
the thought of that detestable blind beggar
hovering near at hand, and ready to return,
there were moments when, as the saying
goes, I jumped in my skin for terror.
Something must speedily be resolved upon;
and it occurred to us at last to go forth
together and seek help in the neighbouring
hamlet. No sooner said than done. Bare-
headed as we were, we ran out at once in
the gathering evening and the frosty fog.

The hamlet lay not many hundred yards
away though out of view, on the other side
of the next cove; and what greatly
encouraged me, it was in an opposite
direction from that whence the blind man
had made his appearance, and whither he
had presumably returned. We were not
many minutes on the road, though we
sometimes stopped to lay hold of each
other and hearken. But there was no
unusual sound—nothing but the low wash of
the ripple and the croaking of the inmates of
the wood.

It was already candle-light when we
reached the hamlet, and I shall never forget
how much I was cheered to see the yellow
shine in doors and windows; but that, was
the best of the help we were likely to get in
that quarter for—you would have thought men
would have been ashamed of
themselves—no soul would consent to return
with us to the 'Admiral Benbow.' The more
we told of our troubles, the more—man,
woman, and child—they clung to the shelter

-12-

of their houses. The name of Captain Flint,
though it was strange to me, was well
enough known to some there, and carried a
great weight of terror. Some of the men who
had been to field-work on the far side of the
'Admiral Benbow' remembered, besides,
to have seen several strangers on the road,
and, taking them to be smugglers, to have
bolted away and one at least had seen a
little lugger in what we called Kitt's Hole. For
that matter, anyone who was a comrade of
that captain's was enough to frighten them
to death. And the short and the long of the
matter was, that while we could get several
who were willing enough to ride to Dr
Livesey's which lay in another direction, not
one would help us to defend the inn.

They say cowardice is infectious; but then
argument is, on the other hand, a great
emboldener; and so when each had said
his say, my mother made them a speech.
She would not, she declared, lose money
that belonged to her fatherless boy; 'if none
of the rest of you dare,' she said, 'Jim and I
dare. Back we will go, the way we came,
and small thanks to you big, hulking,
chicken-hearted men. We'll have that chest
open, if we die for it. And I'll thank you for
that bag, Mrs Crossley, to bring back our
lawful money in.'

Of course, I said I would go with my mother;
and of course they all cried out at our
foolhardiness; but even then not a man
would go along with us. All they would do
was to give me a loaded pistol, lest we
were attacked; and to promise to have
horses ready saddled, in case we were
pursued on our return; while one lad was to
ride forward to the doctor's in search of
armed assistance.

My heart was beating finely when we two
set forth in the cold night upon this
dangerous venture. A full moon was

beginning to rise and peered redly through
the upper edges of the fog, and this
increased our haste, for it was plain, before
we came forth again, that all would be as
bright as day, and our departure exposed to
the eyes of any watchers. We slipped along
the hedges, noiseless and swift, nor did we
see or hear anything to increase our terrors,
till, to our relief, the door of the 'Admiral
Benbow' had closed behind us.

I slipped the bolt at once, and we stood and
panted for a moment in the dark, alone in
the house with the dead captain's body.
Then my mother got a candle in the bar,
and, holding each other's hands, we
advanced into the parlour. He lay as we had
left him, on his back, with his eyes open,
and one arm stretched out.

'Draw down the blind, Jim,' whispered my
mother; 'they might come and watch
outside. And now,' said she, when I had
done so, 'we have to get the key off that;
and who's to touch it, I should like to know!'
and she gave a kind of sob as she said the
words.

I went down on my knees at once. On the
floor close to his hand there was a little
round of paper, blackened on the one side. I
could not doubt that this was the black spot;
and taking it up, I found written on the other
side, in a very good, clear hand, this short
message: 'You have till ten to-night.'

'He had till ten, mother,' said I; and just as I
said it, our old clock began striking. This
sudden noise startled us shockingly; but the
news was good, for it was only six.

'Now, Jim,' she said, 'that key.'

I felt in his pockets, one after another. A few
small coins, a thimble, and some thread
and big needles, a piece of pigtail tobacco

-13-

bitten away at the end, his gully with the
crooked handle, a pocket compass, and a
tinder box, were all that they contained, and
I began to despair.

'Perhaps it's round his neck,' suggested
my mother.

Overcoming a strong repugnance, I tore
open his shirt at the neck, and there, sure
enough, hanging to a bit of tarry string,
which I cut with his own gully, we found the
key. At this triumph we were filled with
hope, and hurried upstairs, without delay, to
the little room where he had slept so long,
and where his box had stood since the day
of his arrival.

It was like any other seaman's chest on the
outside, the initial 'B.' burned on the top of it
with a hot iron, and the corners somewhat
smashed and broken as by long, rough
usage.

'Give me the key,' said my mother; and
though the lock was very stiff, she had
turned it and thrown back the lid in a
twinkling.

A strong smell of tobacco and tar rose from
the interior, but nothing was to be seen on
the top except a suit of very good clothes,
carefully brushedand folded. They had
never been worn, my mother said. Under
that, the miscellany began—a quadrant, a tin
canikin, several sticks of tobacco, two
brace of very handsome pistols, a piece of
bar silver, an old Spanish watch and some
other trinkets of little value and mostly of
foreign make, a pair of compasses
mounted with brass, and five or six curious
West Indian shells. I have often wondered
since why he should have carried about
these shells with him in his wandering,
guilty, and hunted life.

In the meantime, we had found nothing of
any value but the silver and the trinkets, and
neither of these were in our way.
Underneath there was an old boat-cloak,
whitened with sea-salt on many a harbour-
bar. My mother pulled it up with impatience,
and there lay before us, the last things in the
chest, a bundle tied up in oilcloth, and
looking like papers, and a canvas bag, that
gave forth, at a touch, the jingle of gold.

'I'll show these rogues that I'm an honest
woman,' said my mother. 'I'll have my dues,
and not a farthing over. Hold Mrs Crossley's
bag.' And she began to count over the
amount of the captain's score from the
sailor's bag into the one that I was holding.

It was a long, difficult business, for the coins
were of all countries and sizes—doubloons,
and louis-d'ors, and guineas, and pieces
of eight, and I know not what besides, all
shaken together at random. The guineas,
too, were about the scarcest, and it was
with these only that my mother knew how to
make her count.

When we were about half-way through, I
suddenly put my hand upon her arm; for I
had heard in the silent, frosty air, a sound
that brought my heart into my mouth—the tap-
tapping of the blind man's stick upon the
frozen road. It drew nearer and nearer,
while we sat holding our breath. Then it
struck sharp on the inn door, and then we
could hear the handle being turned, and the
bolt rattling as the wretched being tried to
enter; and then there was a long time of
silence both within and without. At last the
tapping recommenced, and, to our
indescribable joy and gratitude, died slowly
away again until it ceased to be heard.

'Mother,' said I, 'take the whole and let's be
going;' for I was sure the bolted door must
have seemed suspicious, and would bring

-14-

the whole hornet's nest about our ears;
though how thankful I was that I had bolted it,
none could tell who had never met that
terrible blind man.

But my mother, frightened as she was,
would not consent to take a fraction more
than was due to her, and was obstinately
unwilling to be content with less. It was not
yet seven, she said, by a long way; she
knew her rights and she would have them;
and she was still arguing with me, when a
little low whistle sounded a good way off
upon the hill. That was enough, and more
than enough, for both of us.

'I'll take what I have,' she said, jumping to
her feet.

'And I'll take this to square the count,' said I,
picking up the oilskin packet.

Next moment we were both groping
downstairs, leaving the candle by the empty
chest; and the next we had opened the door
and were in full retreat. We had not started a
moment too soon. The fog was rapidly
dispersing; already the moon shone quite
clear on the high ground on either side; and
it was only in the exact bottom of the dell and
round the tavern door that a thin veil still hung
unbroken to conceal the first steps of our
escape. Far less than half-way to the
hamlet, very little beyond the bottom of the
hill, we must come forth into the moonlight.
Nor was this all; for the sound of several
footsteps running came already to our ears,
and as we looked back in their direction, a
light tossing to and fro and still rapidly
advancing, showed that one of the new-
comers carried a lantern.

'My dear,' said my mother suddenly, 'take
the money and run on. I am going to faint.' is
was certainly the end for both of us, I
thought. How I cursed the cowardice of the

neighbours; how I blamed my poor mother
for her honesty and her greed, for her past
foolhardiness and present weakness! We
were just at the little bridge, by good
fortune; and I helped her, tottering as she
was, to the edge of the bank, where, sure
enough, she gave a sigh and fell on my
shoulder. I do not know how I found the
strength to do it at all, and I am afraid it was
roughly done; but I managed to drag her
down the bank and a little way under the
arch. Farther I could not move her, for the
bridge was too low to let me do more than
crawl below it so there we had to stay—my
mother almost entirely exposed and both of
us within earshot of the inn.

Chapter V The Last of the Blind Man

My curiosity, in a sense, was stronger than
my fear; for I could not remain where I was,
but crept back to the bank again, whence,
sheltering my head behind a bush of broom,
I might command the road before our door. I
was scarcely in position ere my enemies
began to arrive, seven or eight of them,
running hard, their feet beating out of time
along the road, and the man with the lantern
some paces in front. Three men ran
together, hand in hand; and I made out,
even through the mist, that the middle man
of this trio was the blind beggar. The next
moment his voice showed me that I was
right.

'Down with the door!' he cried.

'Ay, ay, sir!' answered two or three; and a
rush was made upon the 'Admiral
Benbow,' the lantern-bearer following; and
then I could see them pause, and hear
speeches passed in a lower key, as if they
were surprised to find the door open. But
the pause was brief, for the blind man again
issued his commands. His voice sounded
louder and higher, as if he were afire with

-15-

eagerness and rage.

'In, in, in!' he shouted, and cursed them for
their delay. Four or five of them obeyed at
once, two remaining on the road with the
formidable beggar. There was a pause,
then a cry of surprise, and then a voice
shouting from the house:—

'Bill's dead!'

But the blind man swore at them again for
their delay.

'Search him, some of you shirking lubbers,
and the rest of you aloft and get the chest,'
he cried.

I could hear their feet rattling up our old
stairs, so that the house must have shook
with it. Promptly afterwards, fresh sounds
of astonishment arose; the window of the
captain's room was thrown open with a
slam and a jingle of broken glass; and a
man leaned out into the moonlight, head
and shoulders, and addressed the blind
beggar on the road below him.

'Pew,' he cried, 'they've been before us.
Someone's turned the chest out alow and
aloft.'

'Is it there?' roared Pew.

'The money's there.'

The blind man cursed the money.

'Flint's fist, I mean,' he cried.

'We don't see it here nohow,' returned the
man.

'Here, you below there, is it on Bill?' cried
the blind man again.

At that, another fellow, probably him who
had remained below to search the captain's
body, came to the door of the inn. 'Bill's
been overhauled a'ready,' said he, 'nothin'
left.'

'It's these people of the inn—it's that boy. I
wish I had put his eyes out!' cried the blind
man, Pew. 'They were here no time
ago—they had the door bolted when I tried it.
Scatter lads, and find 'em.'

'Sure enough, they left their glim here,' said
the fellow from the window.

'Scatter and find 'em! Rout the house out!'
reiterated Pew striking with his stick upon
the road.

Then there followed a great to-do through
all our old inn heavy feet pounding to and
fro, furniture thrown over, door: kicked in,
until the very rocks re-echoed, and the men
came out again, one after another, on the
road, and declared that we were nowhere
to be found. And just then the same whistle
that had alarmed my mother and myself
over the dead captain's money was once
more clearly audible through the night, but
this time twice repeated. I had thought it to
be the blind man's trumpet, so to speak,
summoning his crew to the assault; but I
now found that it was a signal from the
hillside towards the hamlet, and, from its
effect upon the buccaneers a signal to warn
them of approaching danger.

'There's Dirk again,' said one. 'Twice! We'll
have to budge, mates.'

'Budge, you skulk!' cried Pew. Dirk was a
fool and coward from the first—you wouldn't
mind him. They must be close by; they can't
be far; you have your hands on it Scatter
and look for them, dogs! Oh, shiver my
soul,' he cried 'if I had eyes!'

-16-

This appeal seemed to produce some
effect, for two of the fellows began to look
here and there among the lumber, but
halfheartedly, I thought, and with half an eye
to their own danger all the time, while the
rest stood irresolute on the road.

'You have your hands on thousands, you
fools, and you hang a leg! You'd be as rich
as kings if you could find it, and you know
it's here, and you stand there skulking.
There wasn't one of you dared face Bill,
and I did it—a blind man! And I'm to lose my
chance for you! I'm to be a poor, crawling
beggar, sponging for rum, when I might be
rolling in a coach! If you had the pluck of a
weevil in a biscuit you would catch them
still.'

'Hang it, Pew, we've got the doubloons!'
grumbled one. 'They might have hid the
blessed thing,' said another.

'Take the Georges, Pew, and don't stand
here squalling.'

Squalling was the word for it, Pew's anger
rose so high at these objections; till at last,
his passion completely taking the upper
hand, he struck at them right and left in his
blindness, and his stick sounded heavily on
more than one.

These, in their turn, cursed back at the blind
miscreant, threatened him in horrid terms,
and tried in vain to catch the stick and wrest
it from his grasp.

This quarrel was the saving of us; for while it
was still raging, another sound came from
the top of the hill on the side of the
hamlet—the tramp of horses galloping.
Almost at the same time a pistol-shot, flash
and report, came from the hedge-side. And
that was plainly the last signal of danger; for
the buccaneers turned at once and ran,

separating in every direction, one seaward
along the cove, one slant across the hill, and
so on, so that in half a minute not a sign of
them remained but Pew. Him they had
deserted, whether in sheer panic or out of
revenge for his ill words and blows, I know
not; but there he remained behind, tapping
up and down the road in a frenzy, and
groping and calling for his comrades.
Finally he took the wrong turn, and ran a few
steps past me, towards the hamlet, crying:—

'Johnny, Black Dog, Dirk,' and other
names, 'you won't leave old Pew, mates —
not old Pew!'

Just then the noise of horses topped the
rise, and four or five riders came in sight in
the moonlight, and swept at full gallop down
the slope.

At this Pew saw his error, turned with a
scream, and ran straight for the ditch, into
which he rolled. But he was on his feet
again in a second, and made another dash,
now utterly bewildered, right under the
nearest of the coming horses.

The rider tried to save him, but in vain.
Down went Pew with a cry that rang high
into the night; and the four hoofs trampled
and spurned him and passed by. He fell on
his side then gently collapsed upon his face,
andmoved no more.

I leaped to my feet and hailed the riders.
They were pulling up, at any rate, horrified
at the accident; and I soon saw what they
were. One, tailing out behind the rest, was a
lad this had gone from the hamlet to Dr
Livesey's; the rest were revenue officers,
whom he had met by the way, and with
whom he had had the intelligence to return
at once. Some news of the lugger in Kitt's
Hole had found its way to Supervisor
Dance, and set him forth that night in our

-17-

direction, and to that circumstance my
mother and I owe our preservation from
death.

Pew was dead, stone dead. As for my
mother, when we had carried her up to the
hamlet, a little cold water and salts and that
soon brought her back again, and she was
none the worse for her terror, though she
still continued to deplore the balance of the
money. In the meantime the supervisor rode
on, as fast as he could, to Kitt's Hole but his
men had to dismount and grope down the
dingle leading, and sometimes supporting,
their horses, and in continual fear of
ambushes; so it was no great matter for
surprise that when they got down to the Hole
the lugger was already under way, though
still close in. He hailed her. A voice replied,
telling him to keep out of the moonlight or he
would get some lead in him, and at the
same time bullet whistled close by his arm.
Soon after, the lugger doubled the point and
disappeared. Mr Dance stood there as he
said, 'like a fish out of water,' and all he
could do was to despatch a man to B—— to
warn the cutter. 'And that,' said he, 'is just
about as good as nothing. They've got off
clean, and there's an end. Only,' he added,
'I'm glad I trod on Master Pew's corns;' for
by this time he had heard my story.

I went back with him to the 'Admiral
Benbow,' and you cannot imagine a house
in such a state of smash; the very clock had
been thrown down by these fellows in their
furious hunt after my mother and myself;
and though nothing had actually been taken
away except the captain's money-bag and
a little silver from the till, I could see at once
that we were ruined. Mr Dance could make
nothing of the scene.

'They got the money, you say? Well, then,
Hawkins, what in fortune were they after?
More money, I suppose?'

'No, sir; not money, I think,' replied I. 'In
fact, sir, I believe I have the thing in my
breast-pocket; and, to tell you the truth, I
should like to get it put in safety.'

'To be sure, boy; quite right,' said he. 'I'll
take it, if you like.'

'I thought, perhaps, Dr Livesey——' I began.

'Perfectly right,' he interrupted, very
cheerily, 'perfectly right—a gentleman and a
magistrate. And, now I come to think of it, I
might as well ride round there myself and
report to him or squire. Master Pew's dead,
when all's done; not that I regret it, but he's
dead, you see, and people will make it out
against an officer of his Majesty's revenue,
if make it out they can. Now, I'll tell you,
Hawkins: if you like, I'll take you along.'

I thanked him heartily for the offer, and we
walked back to the hamlet where the horses
were. By the time I had told mother of my
purpose they were all in the saddle.

'Dogger,' said Mr Dance, 'you have a good
horse; take up this lad behind you.'

As soon as I was mounted, holding on to
Dogger's belt, the supervisor gave the
word, and the party struck out at a bouncing
trot on the road to Dr Livesey's house.

Chapter VI The Captain's Papers

WE rode hard all the way, till we drew up
before Dr Livesey's door. The house was
all dark to the front.

Mr Dance told me to jump down and knock,
and Dogger gave me a stirrup to descend
by. The door was opened almost at once by
the maid.

'Is Dr Livesey in?' I asked.

-18-

No, she said; he had come home in the
afternoon, but had gone up to the Hall to
dine and pass the evening with the squire.

'So there we go, boys,' said Mr Dance.

This time, as the distance was short, I did
not mount, but ran with Dogger's stirrup-
leather to the lodge gates, and the long,
leafless, moonlit avenue to where the white
line of the Hall buildings looked on either
hand on great old gardens Here Mr Dance
dismounted, and, taking me along with him
was admitted at a word into the house.

The servant led us down a matted passage,
and showed us at the end into a great
library, all lined with bookcases a busts
upon the top of them, where the squire and
Dr Livesey sat, pipe in hand, on either side
of a bright fire.

I had never seen the squire so near at hand.
He was a tall man, over six feet high, and
broad in proportion, and he had a bluff,
rough-and-ready face, all roughened and
redden' and lined in his long travels. His
eyebrows were very black and moved
readily, and this gave him a look of some
tempt not bad, you would say, but quick and
high.

'Come in, Mr Dance,' says he, very stately
and condescending.

'Good-evening, Dance,' says the doctor,
with a nod. 'And good-evening to you,
friend Jim. What good wind brings you
here?'

The supervisor stood up straight and stiff,
and told his story like a lesson; and you
should have seen how the two gentlemen
leaned forward and looked at each other,
and forgot to smoke in their surprise and
interest. When they heard how my mother

went back to the inn, Dr Livesey fairly
slapped his thigh, and the squire cried
'Bravo!' and broke his long pipe against the
grate. Long before it was done, Mr
Trelawney (that, you will remember, was the
squire's name) had got up from his seat,
and was striding about the room, and the
doctor, as if to hear the better, had taken off
his powdered wig, and sat there, looking
very strange indeed with his own close-
cropped, black poll.

At last Mr Dance finished the story.

'Mr Dance,' said the squire, 'you are a very
noble fellow. And as for riding down that
black, atrocious miscreant, I regard it as an
act of virtue, sir, like stamping on a
cockroach. This lad Hawkins is a trump, I
perceive. Hawkins, will you ring that bell?
Mr Dance must have some ale.'

'And so, Jim,' said the doctor, 'you have the
thing that they were after, have you?'

'Here it is, sir,' said I, and gave him the
oilskin packet. The doctor looked it all over,
as if his fingers were itching to open it; but,
instead of doing that, he put it quietly in the
pocket of his coat.

'Squire,' said he, 'when Dance has had his
ale he must, of course, be off on his
Majesty's service; but I mean to keep Jim
Hawkins here to sleep at try house, and,
with your permission, I propose we should
have up the cold pie, and let him sup.'

'As you will, Livesey,' said the squire;
'Hawkins has earned better than cold pie.'

So a big pigeon pie was brought in and put
on a side-table, and I made a hearty
supper, for I was as hungry as a hawk, while
Mr Dance was further complimented, and at
last dismissed.

-19-

'And now, squire,' said the doctor.

'And now, Livesey,' said the squire, in the
same breath. 'One at a time, one at a time,'
laughed Dr Livesey. 'You have heard of this
Flint, I suppose?'

'Heard of him!' cried the squire. 'Heard of
him, you say! He was the bloodthirstiest
buccaneer that sailed. Blackbeard was a
child to Flint. The Spaniards were so
prodigiously afraid of him, that, I tell you, sir,
I was sometimes proud he was an
Englishman. I've seen his top-sails with
these eyes, of Trinidad, and the cowardly
son of a rum-puncheon that sailed with put
back—put back, sir, into Port of Spain.'

'Well, I've heard of him myself, in England,'
said the doctor. 'But the point is, had he
money?'

'Money!' cried the squire. 'Have you heard
the story? What were these villains after but
money? What do they care for but money?
For what would they risk their rascal
carcases but money?'

'That we shall soon know,' replied the
doctor. 'But you are so confoundedly hot-
headed and exclamatory that I cannot get a
word in. What I want to know is this:
Supposing that I have here in my pocket
some clue to where Flint buried his
treasure, will that treasure amount to
much?'

'Amount, sir!' cried the squire. 'It will
amount to this; we have the clue you talk
about, I fit out a ship in Bristol dock and take
you and Hawkins here along, and I'll have
the treasure if I search a year.'

'Very well,' said the doctor. 'Now, then, if
Jim is agreeable we'll open the packet;'
and he laid it before him on the table.

The bundle was sewn together, and the
doctor had to get out his instrument-case,
and cut the stitches with his medical
scissors. It contained two things—a book and
a sealed paper.

'First of all we'll try the book,' observed the
doctor.

The squire and I were both peering over his
shoulder he opened it, for Dr Livesey had
kindly motioned me to come round from the
side-table, where I had been eating, to
enjoy the sport of the search. On the first
page there were only some scraps of
writing, such as a man with a pen in his
hand might make for idleness or practice.
One was the same as the tattoo mark, 'Billy
Bones his fancy;' then there was 'Mr W.
Bone mate.' 'No more rum.' 'Off Palm Key
he got itt;' and some other snatches, mostly
single words and unintelligible. I could not
help wondering who it was that had 'got itt,'
and what 'itt' was that he got. A knife in his
back as like as not.

'Not much instruction there,' said Dr
Livesey, as he passed on.

The next ten or twelve pages were filled with
a curious series of entries. There was a
date at one end of the line and at the other a
sum of money, as in common account-
books; but instead of explanatory writing,
only a varying number of crosses between
the two. On the 12th of June, 1745, for
instance, a sum of seventy pounds had
plainly become due to someone, and there
was nothing but six crosses to explain the
cause. In a few cases, to be sure, the name
of a place would be added, as 'Offe
Caraccas;' or a mere entry of latitude and
longitude, as '62° 17' 20", 19° 2' 40".'

The record lasted over nearly twenty years,
the amount of the separate entries growing

-20-

larger as time went on, and at the end a
grand total had been made out after five or
six wrong additions, and these words
appended, 'Bones, his pile.'

'I can't make head or tail of this,' said Dr
Livesey.

'The thing is as clear as noonday,' cried the
squire. 'This is the black-hearted hound's
account-book. These crosses stand for the
names of ships or towns that they sank or
plundered. The sums are the scoundrel's
share, and where he feared an ambiguity,
you see he added something clearer. "Offe
Caraccas," now; you see, here was some
unhappy vessel boarded off that coast. God
help the poor souls that manned her—coral
long ago.'

'Right!' said the doctor. 'See what it is to be
a traveller. Right! And the amounts
increase, you see, as he rose in rank.'

There was little else in the volume but a few
bearings of places noted in the blank leaves
towards the end, and a table for reducing
French, English, and Spanish moneys to a
common value.

'Thrifty man!' cried the doctor. 'He wasn't
the one to be cheated.'

'And now,' said the squire, 'for the other.'

The paper had been sealed in several
places with a thimble by way of seal; the
very thimble, perhaps, that I had found in the
captain's pocket. The doctor opened the
seals with great care, and there fell out the
map of an island, with latitude and
longitude, soundings, names of hills, and
bays and inlets, and every particular that
would be needed to bring a ship to a safe
anchorage upon its shores. It was about
nine miles long and five across, shaped,

you might say, like a fat drag' standing up,
and had two fine land-locked harbours, and
hill in the centre part marked 'The Spy-
glass.' There we several additions of a later
date; but, above all, three cross of red
ink—two on the north part of the island, one in
the south-west, and, beside this last, in the
same red ink, and a small, neat hand, very
different from the captain's tottery
characters, these words:—'Bulk of treasure
here.'

Over on the back the same hand had written
this further information:—

'Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a
point to the N of N.N.E.

'Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E.

'Ten feet.

'The bar silver is in the north cache; you can
find it by the trend of the east hummock, ten
fathoms south of the black crag with the
face on it.

'The arms are easy found, in the sand hill,
N. point of nor inlet cape, bearing E. and a
quarter N.

'J.F.'

That was all; but brief as it was, and, to me,
incomprehensible, it filled the squire and Dr
Livesey with delight.

'Livesey,' said the squire, 'you will give up
this wretched practice at once. To-morrow I
start for Bristol. In three weeks' time—three
weeks!—two weeks—ten days—we'll have the
best ship, sir, and the choicest crew in
England. Hawkins shall come as cabin-
boy. You'll make a famous cabin-boy
Hawkins. You, Livesey, are ship's doctor; I
am admiral. We'll take Redruth, Joyce, and

-21-

Hunter. We'll ha favourable winds, a quick
passage, and not the least difficult in finding
the spot, and money to eat—to roll in—to play
du and drake with ever after.'

'Trelawney,' said the doctor, 'I'll go with
you; and, I go bail for it, so will Jim, and be a
credit to the undertaking. There's only one
man I'm afraid of.'

'And who's that?' cried the squire. 'Name
the dog, sir!'

'You,' replied the doctor; 'for you cannot
hold your tongue.'

We are not the only men who know of this
paper. These fellows who attacked the inn
to-night—bold, desperate blades, for
sure—and the rest who stayed aboard that
lugger, and more, I dare say, not far off,
are, one and all, through thick and thin,
bound that they'll get that money. We must
none of us go alone till we get to sea. Jim
and I shall stick together in the meanwhile;
you'll take Joyce and Hunter when you ride
to Bristol, and, from first to last, not one of
us must breathe a word of what we've
found.'

'Livesey,' returned the squire, 'you are
always in the right of it. I'll be as silent as the
grave.'

PART II. The Sea Cook

Chapter VII Go to Bristol

IT was longer than the squire imagined ere
we were ready for the sea, and none of our
first plans—not even Dr Livesey's of keeping
me beside him—could be carried out as we
intended. The doctor had to go to London
for a physician to take charge of his
practice; the squire was hard at work a
Bristol; and I lived on at the Hall under the

charge of old Redruth, the gamekeeper,
almost a prisoner, but full of sea dreams
and the most charming anticipations of
strange island and adventures. I brooded by
the hour together over the map, all the
details of which I well remembered. Sitting
by the fire in the house-keeper's room, I
approached that island my fancy, from
every possible direction; I explored every
acre of its surface; I climbed a thousand
times to that tall hill the call the Spy-glass,
and from the top enjoyed the most
wonderful and changing prospects.
Sometimes the isle was thick with savages,
with whom we fought; sometimes full of
dangerous animals that hunted us; but in all
my fancies nothing occurred to me so
strange and tragic as our actual adventures.

So the weeks passed on, till one fine day
there came a letter addressed to Dr
Livesey, with this addition, 'To be opened
in the case of his absence, by Tom Redruth,
or young Hawkins.' Obeying this order, we
found, or rather, I found—for the gamekeeper
was a poor hand at reading anything but
print—the following important news:—

'Old Anchor Inn, Bristol, March 1, 17—.

'DEAR LIVESEY ,—As I do not know
whether you are at the Hall or still in London,
I send this in double to both places.

'The ship is bought and fitted. She lies at
anchor, ready for sea. You never imagined
a sweeter schooner—a child might sail
her—two hundred tons; name, Hispaniola.

'I got her through my old friend, Blandly, who
has proved himself throughout the most
surprising trump. The admirable fellow
literally slaved in my interest, and so, I may
say, did everyone in Bristol, as soon as they
got wind of the port we sailed for—treasure, I
mean.'

-22-

'Redruth,' said I, interrupting the letter,
'Doctor Livesey will not like that. The squire
has been talking, after all.'

'Well, who's a better right?' growled the
gamekeeper. 'A pretty rum go if squire ain't
to talk for Doctor Livesey, I should think.'

At that I gave up all attempt at commentary,
and read straight on:—

'Blandly himself found the Hispaniola, and
by the most admirable management got her
for the merest trifle. There is a class of men
in Bristol monstrously prejudiced against
Blandly. They go the length of declaring that
this honest creature would do anything for
money, that the Hispaniola belonged to him,
and that he sold it me absurdly high—the
most transparent calumnies. None of them
dare, however, to deny the merits of the
ship.

'So far there was not a hitch. The
workpeople, to be sure—riggers and what
not—were most annoyingly slow; but time
cured that. It was the crew that troubled me.

'I wished a round score of men—in case of
natives, buccaneers, or the odious
French—and I had the worry of the deuce
itself to find so much as half a dozen, till the
most remarkable stroke of fortune brought
me the very man that I required.

'I was standing on the dock, when, by the
merest accident, I fell in talk with him. I found
he was an old sailor, kept a public—house,
knew all the seafaring men in Bristol, had
lost his health ashore, and wanted a good
berth as cook to get to sea again. He had
hobbled down there that morning, he said to
get a smell of the salt.

'I was monstrously touched—so would you
have been—and, out of pure pity, I engaged

him on the spot to be ship's cook. Long
John Silver, he is called, and has lost a leg;
but that I regarded as a recommendation,
since he lost it in hi country's service, under
the immortal Hawke. He has no pension,
Livesey. Imagine the abominable age we
live in!

'Well, sir, I thought I had only found a cook,
but it was a crew I had discovered. Between
Silver and myself we go together in a few
days a company of the toughest old salt
imaginable—not pretty to look at, but fellows,
by their faces, of the most indomitable
spirit. I declare we could fight frigate.

'Long John even got rid of two out of the six
or seven had already engaged. He showed
me in a moment that the were just the sort of
fresh-water swabs we had to fear in an
adventure of importance.

'I am in the most magnificent health and
spirits, eating like a bull, sleeping like a
tree, yet I shall not enjoy a moment till I hear
my old tarpaulins tramping round the
capstan Seaward ho! Hang the treasure!
It's the glory of the sea that has turned my
head. So now, Livesey, come post; do not
lose an hour, if you respect me.

'Let young Hawkins go at once to see his
mother, wit Redruth for a guard; and then
both come full speed to Bristol.

'JOHN TRELAWNEY.

'Postscript.—I did not tell you that Blandly,
who, by the was) is to send a consort after
us if we don't turn up by the en of August,
had found an admirable fellow for sailing
master—a stiff man, which I regret, but, in all
other respects, treasure. Long John Silver
unearthed a very competent man for a
mate, a man named Arrow. I have a
boatswain who pipes, Livesey; so things

-23-

shall go man-o'-war fashion on boar the
good ship Hispaniola.

'I forgot to tell you that Silver is a man of
substance; I know of my own knowledge
that he has a banker's account, which has
never been overdrawn. He leaves his wife
to manage the inn; and as she is a woman
of colour, a pair of old bachelors like you
and I may be excused for guessing that it is
the wife, quite as much as the health, that
sends him back to roving.

'J. T.

'P.P.S.—Hawkins may stay one night with his
mother.

'J. T.'

You can fancy the excitement into which that
letter put me. I was half beside myself with
glee; and if ever I despised a man, it was
old Tom Redruth, who could do nothing but
grumble and lament. Any of the under-
gamekeepers would gladly have changed
places with him; but such was not the
squire's pleasure, and the squire's
pleasure was like law among them all.
Nobody but old Redruth would have dared
so much as even to grumble.

The next morning he and I set out on foot for
the 'Admiral Benbow,' and there I found my
mother in good health and spirits. The
captain, who had so long been a cause of
so much discomfort, was gone where the
wicked cease from troubling. The squire
had had everything repaired, and the public
rooms and the sign repainted, and had
added some furniture—above all a beautiful
arm-chair for mother in the bar. He had
found her a boy as an apprentice also, so
that she should not want help while I was
gone.

It was on seeing that boy that I understood,
for the first time, my situation. I had thought
up to that moment of the adventures before
me, not at all of the home that I was leaving;
and now, at the sight of this clumsy
stranger, who was to stay here in my place
beside my mother, I had my first attack of
tears. I am afraid I led that boy a dog's life;
for as he was new to the work, I had a
hundred opportunities of setting him right
and putting him down, and I was not slow to
profit by them.

The night passed, and the next day, after
dinner, Redruth and I were afoot again, and
on the road. I said good-bye to mother and
the cove where I had lived since I was born,
and the dear old 'Admiral Benbow'—since
he was repainted, no longer quite so dear.
One of my last thoughts was of the captain,
who had so often strode along the beach
with his cocked hat, his sabre-cut cheek,
and his old brass telescope. Next moment
we had turned the corner, and my home
was out of sight.

The mail picked us up about dusk at the
'Royal George' on the heath. I was wedged
in between Redruth and stout old
gentleman, and in spite of the swift motion
and the cold night air, I must have dozed a
great deal from the very first, and then slept
like a log up hill and down dale through
stage after stage; for when I was awakened
at last, it was by a punch in the ribs, and I
opened my eyes to find that we were
standing still before a large building in a city
street, and that the day had already broken
long time.

'Where are we?' I asked.

'Bristol,' said Tom. 'Get down.'

Mr Trelawney had taken up his residence at
an inn far down the docks, to superintend

-24-

the work upon the schooner. Thither we had
now to walk, and our way, to my great
delight lay along the quays and beside the
great multitude o ships of all sizes and rigs
and nations. In one, sailors. were singing at
their work; in another, there were men aloft
high over my head, hanging to threads that
seemed no thicker than a spider's. Though I
had lived by the shore all my life, I seemed
never to have been near the sea till then. The
smell of tar and salt was something new. I
saw the most wonderful figureheads, that
had all been far over the ocean. I saw,
besides, many old sailors, with rings in their
ears, and whiskers curled in ringlets, and
tarry pigtails, and their swaggering, clumsy
sea-walk; and if I had seen as many kings
or archbishops I could not have been more
delighted.

And I was going to sea myself; to sea in a
schooner, with a piping boatswain, and pig-
tailed singing seamen; to sea, bound for an
unknown island, and to seek for buried
treasures!

While I was still in this delightful dream, we
came suddenly in front of a large inn, and
met Squire Trelawney, all dressed out like a
sea-officer, in stout blue cloth, coming out
of the door with a smile on his face, and a
capital imitation of a sailor's walk.

'Here you are,' he cried, 'and the doctor
came last night from London. Bravo! the
ship's company complete!'

'Oh, sir,' cried I, 'when do we sail?'

'Sail!' says he. 'We sail to-morrow!'

Chapter VIII At the Sign of the Spy-Glass

WHEN I had done breakfasting the squire
gave me a note addressed to John Silver, at
the sign of the 'Spy-glass,' and told me I

should easily find the place by following the
line of the docks, and keeping a bright look-
out for a little tavern with a large brass
telescope for sign. I set off, overjoyed at
this opportunity to see some more of the
ships and seamen, and picked my way
among a great crowd of people and carts
and bales, for the dock was now at its
busiest, until I found the tavern in question.

It was a bright enough little place of
entertainment. The sign was newly painted;
the windows had neat red curtains; the floor
was cleanly sanded. There was a street on
each side, and an open door on both, which
made the large, low room pretty clear to see
in, in spite of clouds of tobacco smoke.

The customers were mostly seafaring men;
and they talked so loudly that I hung at the
door, almost afraid to enter.

As I was waiting, a man came out of a side
room, and, at a glance, I was sure he must
be Long John. His left leg was cut off close
by the hip, and under the left shoulder he
carried a crutch, which he managed with
wonderful dexterity, hopping about upon it
like a bird. He was very tall and strong, with
a face as big as a ham—plain and pale, but
intelligent and smiling. Indeed, he seemed
in the most cheerful spirits, whistling as he
moved about among the tables, with a
merry word or a slap on the shoulder for the
more favoured of his guests.

Now, to tell you the truth, from the very first
mention of Long John in Squire Trelawney's
letter, I had taken a fear in my mind that he
might prove to be the very one-legged
sailor whom I had watched for so long at the
old 'Benbow.' But one look at the man
before me was enough. I had seen the
captain, and Black Dog, and the blind man
Pew, and I thought I knew what a buccaneer
was like—a very different creature,

-25-

according to me, from this clean and
pleasant-tempered landlord.

I plucked up courage at once, crossed the
threshold, and walked right up to the man
where he stood, propped on his crutch,
talking to a customer.

'Mr Silver, sir?' I asked, holding out the
note.

'Yes, my lad,' said he; 'such is my name, to
be sure. And who may you be?' And then as
he saw the squire's letter, he seemed to me
to give something almost like a start.

'Oh!' said he, quite loud, and offering his
hand, 'I see. You are our new cabin—boy;
pleased I am to see you.'

And he took my hand in his large firm grasp.

Just then one of the customers at the far
side rose suddenly and made for the door. It
was close by him, and he was out in the
street in a moment. But his hurry had
attracted my notice, and I recognised him at
a glance. It was the tallow-faced man,
wanting two fingers, who had come first to
the 'Admiral Benbow.'

'Oh,' I cried, 'stop him! it's Black Dog!'

'I don't care two coppers who he is,' cried
Silver. 'But he hasn't paid his score. Harry,
run and catch him.'

One of the others who was nearest the door
leaped up, and started in pursuit.

'If he were Admiral Hawke he shall pay his
score,' cried Silver; and then, relinquishing
my hand—'Who did you say he was?' he
asked. 'Black what?'

'Dog, sir,' said I. 'Has Mr Trelawney not told

you of the buccaneers? He was one of
them.'

'So?' cried Silver. 'In my house! Ben, run
and help Harry. One of those swabs, was
he? Was that you drinking with him,
Morgan? Step up here.'

The man whom he called Morgan—an old,
grey-haired, mahogany-faced sailor—came
forward pretty sheepishly, rolling his quid.

'Now, Morgan,' said Long John, very
sternly; 'you never clapped your eyes on that
Black—Black Dog before, did you, now?'

'Not I, sir,' said Morgan, with a salute.

'You didn't know his name, did you?'

'No, sir.'

'By the powers, Tom Morgan, it's as good
for you!' exclaimed the landlord. 'If you had
been mixed up with the like of that, you
would never have put another foot in my
house, you may lay to that. And what was he
saying to your?'

'I don't rightly know, sir,' answered Morgan.

'Do you call that a head on your shoulders,
or a blessed dead-eye?' cried Long John.
'Don't rightly know, don't you! Perhaps you
don't happen to rightly know who you were
speaking to, perhaps? Come, now, what
was he jawing—v'yages, cap'ns, ships?
Pipe up! What was it?'

'We was a-talkin' of keel-hauling,'
answered Morgan 'Keel-hauling, was you?
and a mighty suitable thing, too and you may
lay to that. Get back to your place for a
lubber Tom.'

And then, as Morgan rolled back to his seat,

-26-

Silver added to me in a confidential
whisper, that was very flattering, as I
thought:—

'He's quite an honest man, Tom Morgan,
on'y stupid. An now,' he ran on again,
aloud, 'let's see—Black Dog? No, don't
know the name, not I. Yet I kind of think
I've—yes, I've seen the swab. He used to
come here with a blind beggar he used.'

'That he did, you may be sure,' said I. 'I
knew that blind man, too. His name was
Pew.'

'It was!' cried Silver, now quite excited.
'Pew! That were his name for certain. Ah,
he looked a shark, he did! If we run down
this Black Dog, now, there'll be news for
Captain Trelawney! Ben's a good runner;
few seamen run better than Ben. He should
run him down, hand over hand, by the
powers! He talked o' keel-hauling, did he?
I'll keel-haul him!'

All the time he was jerking out these
phrases he was stumping up and down the
tavern on his crutch, slapping tables with his
hand, and giving such a show of excitement
as would have convinced an Old Bailey
judge or a Bow Street runner. My
suspicions had been thoroughly re-
awakened on finding Black Dog at the
'Spy-glass,' and I watched the cook
narrowly. But he was too deep, and too
ready, and too clever for me, and by the
time the two men had come back out of
breath, and confessed that they had lost the
track in a crowd, and been scolded like
thieves, I would have gone bail for the
innocence of Long John Silver.

'See here, now, Hawkins,' said he, 'here's
a blessed hard thing on a man like me, now,
aint it? There's Cap'n Trelawney—what's he
to think? Here I have this confounded son of

a Dutchman sitting in my own house,
drinking of my own rum! Here you comes
and tells me of it plain; and here I let him
give us all the slip before my blessed dead-
lights! Now, Hawkins, you do me justice
with the cap'n. You're a lad, you are, but
you're as smart as paint. I see that when you
first came in. Now, here it is: What could I
do, with this old timber I hobble on? When I
was an A B master mariner I'd have come
up alongside of him, hand over hand, and
broached him to in a brace of old shakes, I
would; but now——'

And then, all of a sudden, he stopped, and
his jaw drooped as though he had
remembered something.

'The score!' he burst out. 'Three goes o'
rum! Why, shiver my timbers, if I hadn't
forgotten my score!'

And, falling on a bench, he laughed until the
tears ran down his cheeks. I could not help
joining; and we laughed together, peal after
peal, until the tavern rang again.

'Why, what a precious old sea-calf I am!' he
said, at last, wiping his cheeks. 'You and
me should get on well, Hawkins, for I'll take
my davy I should be rated ship's boy. But,
come, now, stand by to go about. This won't
do. Dooty is dooty, messmates. I'll put on
my old cocked hat, and step along of you to
Cap'n Trelawney, and report this here
affair. For, mind you, it's serious, young
Hawkins; and neither you nor me's come
out of it with what I should make so bold as
to call credit. Nor you neither, says you; not
smart—none of the pair of us smart. But dash
my buttons! That was a good 'un about my
score.'

And he began to laugh again, and that so
heartily, that though I did not see the joke as
he did, I was again obliged to join him in his

-27-

mirth.

On our little walk along the quays, he made
himself the most interesting companion,
telling me about the differ ships that we
passed by, their rig, tonnage, and
nationality explaining the work that was
going forward-how one was discharging,
another taking in cargo, and a third making
ready for sea; and every now and then
telling me some lit anecdote of ships or
seamen, or repeating a nautical phrase till I
had learned it perfectly. I began to see that
here was one of the best of possible
shipmates.

When we got to the inn, the squire and Dr
Livesey was seated together, finishing a
quart of ale with a toast in it, before they
should go aboard the schooner on a visit of
inspection.

Long John told the story from first to last,
with a great deal of spirit and the most
perfect truth. 'That was how it were now,
weren't it, Hawkins?' he would say, now
and again and I could always bear him
entirely out.

The two gentlemen regretted that Black
Dog had got away but we all agreed there
was nothing to be done, and after I had
been complimented, Long John took up his
crutch and departed.

'All hands aboard by four this afternoon,'
shouted the squire, after him.

'Ay, ay, sir,' cried the cook, in the passage.

'Well, squire,' said Dr Livesey, 'I don't put
much faith in your discoveries, as a general
thing; but I will say this, John Silver suits
me.'

'The man's a perfect trump,' declared the

squire.

'And now,' added the doctor, 'Jim may
come on board with us, may he not?'

'To be sure he may,' says squire. 'Take
your hat, Hawkins, and we'll see the ship.'

Chapter IX Powder and Arms

THE Hispaniola lay some way out, and we
went under the figureheads and round the
sterns of many other ships, and their cables
sometimes grated underneath our keel, and
sometimes swung above us. At last,
however, we got alongside, and were met
and saluted as we stepped aboard by the
mate, Mr Arrow, a brown old sailor, with
earrings in his ears and a squint. He and the
squire were very thick and friendly, but I
soon observed that things were not the
same between Mr Trelawney and the
captain.

This last was a sharp-looking man, who
seemed angry with everything on board,
and was soon to tell us why, for we had
hardly got down into the cabin when a sailor
followed us.

'Captain Smollett, sir, axing to speak with
you,' said he. 'I am always at the captain's
order. Show him in,' said the squire.

The captain, who was close behind his
messenger, entered at once, and shut the
door behind him.

'Well, Captain Smollett, what have you to
say? All well, I hope; all shipshape and
seaworthy?'

'Well, sir,' said the captain, 'better speak
plain, I believe, even at the risk of offence. I
don't like this cruise; I don't like the men;
and I don't like my officer. That's short and

-28-

sweet.'

'Perhaps, sir, you don't like the ship?'
inquired the squire, very angry, as I could
see.

'I can't speak as to that, sir, not having seen
her tried,' said the captain. 'She seems a
clever craft; more I can't say.'

'Possibly, sir, you may not like your
employer, either?' says the squire.

But here Dr Livesey cut in.

'Stay a bit,' said he, 'stay a bit. No use of
such questions as that but to produce ill-
feeling. The captain has said too much or he
has said too little, and I'm bound to say that I
require an explanation of his words. You
don't, you say, like this cruise. Now, why?'

'I was engaged, sir, on what we call scaled
orders, to sail this ship for that gentleman
where he should bid me,' said the captain.
'So far so good. But now I find that every
man before the mast knows more than I do. I
don't call that far now, do you?'

'No,' said Dr Livesey, 'I don't.'

'Next,' said the captain, 'I learn we are
going after treasure—hear it from my own
hands, mind you. Now, treasure ticklish
work; I don't like treasure voyages on any
account; and I don't like them, above all,
when they are secret, and when (begging
your pardon, Mr Trelawney) the secret has
been told to the parrot.'

'Silver's parrot?' asked the squire.

'It's a way of speaking,' said the captain.
'Blabbed, I mean. It's my belief neither of
you gentlemen know what you are about;
but I'll tell you my way of it—life or death, and

a close run.'

'That is all clear, and, I daresay, true
enough,' replied Livesey. 'We take the risk;
but we are not so ignorant as you believe us.
Next, you say you don't like the crew. Are
they not good seamen?'

'I don't like them, sir,' returned Captain
Smollett. 'And I think I should have had the
choosing of my own hands, you go to that.'

'Perhaps you should,' replied the doctor.
'My friend should, perhaps, have taken you
along with him; but the slight, if there be
one, was unintentional. And you don't like
Mr Arrow?'

'I don't, sir. I believe he's a good seaman;
but he's too free with the crew to be a good
officer. A mate should keep himself to
himself—shouldn't drink with the men before
the mast!'

'Do you mean he drinks?' cried the squire.

'No, sir,' replied the captain; 'only that he's
too familiar.'

'Well, now, and the short and long of it,
captain?' asked the doctor. 'Tell us what
you want.'

'Well, gentlemen, are you determined to go
on this cruise?'

'Like iron,' answered the squire.

'Very good,' said the captain. 'Then, as
you've heard me very patiently, saying
things that I could not prove, hear me a few
words more. They are putting the powder
and the arms in the fore hold. Now, you have
a good place under the cabin; why not put
them there?—first point. Then you are
bringing four of your own people with you,

-29-

and they tell me some of them are to be
berthed forward. Why not give them the
berths here beside the cabin?—second
point.'

'Any more?' asked Mr Trelawney.

'One more,' said the captain. 'There's been
too much blabbing already.'

'Far too much,' agreed the doctor.

'I'll tell you what I've heard myself,'
continued Captain Smollett: 'that you have a
map of an island; that there's crosses on
the map to show where treasure is; and that
the island lies——' And then he named the
latitude and longitude exactly.

'I never told that,' cried the squire, 'to a
soul!'

'The hands know it, sir,' returned the
captain.

'Livesey, that must have been you or
Hawkins,' cried the squire.

'It doesn't much matter who it was,' replied
the doctor. And I could see that neither he
nor the captain paid much regard to Mr
Trelawney's protestations. Neither did I, to
be sure, he was so loose a talker; yet in this
case I believe he was really right, and that
nobody had told the situation of the island.

'Well, gentlemen,' continued the captain, 'I
don't know who has this map; but I make it a
point, it shall be kept secret even from me
and Mr Arrow. Otherwise I would ask you to
let me resign.'

'I see,' said the doctor. 'You wish us to keep
this matter dark, and to make a garrison of
the stern part of the ship, manned with my
friend's own people, and provided with all

the arms and powder on board. In other
words, you fear a mutiny.'

'Sir,' said Captain Smollett, 'with no
intention to take offence, I deny your right to
put words into my mouth. No captain, sir,
would be justified in going to sea at all if he
had ground enough to say that. As for Mr
Arrow, I believe hi thoroughly honest; some
of the men are the same; all may be for what
I know. But I am responsible for the ship's
safety and the life of every man Jack
aboard of her. I see thins going, as I think,
not quite right. And I ask you to take certain
precautions, or let me resign my berth. And
that's all.'

'Captain Smollett,' began the doctor, with a
smile, 'did ever you hear the fable of the
mountain and the mouse? You excuse me, I
daresay, but you remind me of that fable.
When you came in here I'll stake my wig you
meant more than this.'

'Doctor,' said the captain, 'you are smart.
When I can in here I meant to get discharged.
I had no thought that Mr Trelawney would
hear a word.'

'No more I would,' cried the squire. 'Had
Livesey not been here I should have seen
you to the deuce. As it is, I have hear you. I
will do as you desire; but I think the worse of
you.'

'That's as you please, sir,' said the captain.
'You'll find I do my duty.'

And with that he took his leave.

'Trelawney,' said the doctor, 'contrary to all
my notions, I believe you have managed to
get two honest men on board with you—that
man and John Silver.'

'Silver, if you like,' cried the squire; 'but as

-30-

for the intolerable humbug, I declare I think
his conduct unmanly, unsailorly, and
downright un-English.'

'Well,' says the doctor, 'we shall see.'

When we came on deck, the men had begun
already to take out the arms and powder,
you-ho-ing at their work, while the captain
and Mr Arrow stood by superintending.

The new arrangement was quite to my
liking. The whole schooner had been
overhauled; six berths had been mad
astern, out of what had been the after-part
of the main hold and this set of cabins was
only joined to the galley and forecastle by a
sparred passage on the port side. It had
been originally meant that the captain, Mr
Arrow, Hunter, Joyce the doctor, and the
squire, were to occupy these six berths
Now, Redruth and I were to get two of them,
and Mr Arrow and the captain were to sleep
on deck in the companion, which had been
enlarged on each side till you might almost
have called it a round-house. Very low it
was still, of course; but there was room to
swing two hammocks, and even the mate
seemed pleased with the arrangement.
Even he, perhaps, had been doubtful as to
the crew, but that is only guess; for, as you
shall hear, we had not long the benefit of his
opinion.

We were all hard at work, changing the
powder and the berths, when the last man
or two, and Long John along with them,
came off in a shore-boat.

The cook came up the side like a monkey
for cleverness, and, as soon as he saw
what was doing, 'So ho, mates!' says he,
'what's this?'

'We're a-changing of the powder, Jack,'
answers one.

'Why, by the powers,' cried Long John, 'if
we do, we'll miss the morning tide!'

'My orders!' said the captain shortly. 'You
may go below, my man. Hands will want
supper.'

'Ay, ay, sir,' answered the cook; and,
touching his forelock, he disappeared at
once in the direction of his galley.

'That's a good man, captain,' said the
doctor.

'Very likely sir,' replied Captain Smollett.
'Easy with that, men—easy,' he ran on, to the
fellows who were shifting the powder; and
then suddenly observing me examining the
swivel we carried amidships, a long brass
nine—'Here, you ship's boy,' he cried, 'out o'
that! Off with you to the cook and get some
work.'

And then as I was hurrying off I heard him
say, quite loudly, to the doctor:—

'I'll have no favourites on my ship.' I assure
you I was quite of the squire's way of
thinking, and hated the captain deeply.

Chapter X The Voyage

ALL that night we were in a great bustle
getting things stowed in their place, and
boatfuls of the squire's friends, Mr Blandly
and the like, coming off to wish him a good
voyage and a safe return. We never had a
night at the 'Admiral Benbow' when I had
half the work; and I was dog-tired when a
little before dawn, the boatswain sounded
his pipe, and the crew began to man the
capstan-bars. I might have been twice as
weary, yet I would not have left the deck; all
was so new and interesting to me-the brief
commands, the shrill not of the whistle, the
men bustling to their places in the glimmer

-31-

of the ship's lanterns.

'Now, Barbecue, tip us a stave,' cried one
voice.

'The old one,' cried another.

'Ay, ay, mates,' said Long John, who was
standing by with his crutch under his arm,
and at once broke out in the air and words I
knew so well—

'Fifteen men on the dead man's chest—'

And then the whole crew bore chorus:—

'You—ho—ho, and a bottle of rum!'

And at the third 'ho!' drove the bars before
them with a will Even at that exciting
moment it carried me back to the old
'Admiral Benbow' in a second; and I
seemed to hear the voice of the captain
piping in the chorus. But soon the anchor
was short up; soon it was hanging dripping
at the bows; soon the sails began to draw,
and the land and shipping to flit by on either
side; and before I could lie down to snatch
an hour of slumber the Hispaniola had
begun her voyage to the Isle of Treasure.

I am not going to relate that voyage in detail.
It was fairly prosperous. The ship proved to
be a good ship, the crew were capable
seamen, and the captain thoroughly
understood his business. But before we
came the length of Treasure Island, two or
three things had happened which require to
be known.

Mr Arrow, first of all, turned out even worse
than the captain had feared. He had no
command among the men, and people did
what they pleased with him. But that was by
no means the worst of it; for after a day or
two at sea he began to appear on deck with

hazy eye, red cheeks, stuttering tongue,
and other marks of drunkenness. Time after
time he was ordered below in disgrace.
Sometimes he fell and cut himself;
sometimes he lay all day long in his little
bunk at one side of the companion;
sometimes for a day or two he would be
almost sober and attend to his work at least
passably.

In the meantime, we could never make out
where he got the drink. That was the ship's
mystery. Watch him as we pleased, we
could do nothing to solve it; and when we
asked him to his face, he would only laugh,
if he were drunk, and if he were sober, deny
solemnly that he ever tasted anything but
water.

He was not only useless as an officer, and a
bad influence amongst the men, but it was
plain that at this rate he must soon kill
himself outright; so nobody was much
surprised, nor very sorry, when one dark
night, with a head sea, he disappeared
entirely and was seen no more.

'Overboard!' said the captain. 'Well,
gentlemen, that saves the trouble of putting
him in irons.'

But there we were, without a mate; and it
was necessary, of course, to advance one
of the men. The boatswain, Job Anderson,
was the likeliest man aboard, and, though
he kept his old title, he served in a way as
mate. Mr Trelawney had followed the sea,
and his knowledge made him very useful,
for he often took a watch himself in easy
weather. And the coxswain, Israel Hands,
was a careful, wily, old, experienced
seaman, who could be trusted at a pinch
with almost anything.

He was a great confidant of Long John
Silver, and so the mention of his name

-32-

leads me on to speak of our ship's cook,
Barbecue, as the men called him.

Aboard ship he carried his crutch by a
lanyard round his neck to have both hands
as free as possible. It was something to see
him wedge the foot of the crutch against a
bulkhead, and propped against it, yielding
to every movement of the ship, get on with
his cooking like someone safe ashore. Still
more strange was it to see him in the
heaviest of weather cross the deck. He had
a line or two rigged up to help him across
the widest spaces—Long John's earrings,
they were called; and he would' hand
himself from one place to another, now
using the crutch now trailing it alongside by
the lanyard, as quickly as another man could
walk. Yet some of the men who had sailed
with him before expressed their pity to see
him so reduced.

'He's no common man, Barbecue,' said the
coxswain to me. 'He had good schooling in
his young days, and can speak like a book
when so minded; and brave—a lion's nothing
alongside of Long John! I seen him grapple
four, and knock their heads together—him
unarmed.'

All the crew respected and even obeyed
him. He had a way of talking to each, and
doing everybody some particular service.
To me he was unweariedly kind; and
always glad to see me in the galley, which
he kept as clean as a new pin the dishes
hanging up burnished, and his parrot in a
cage in one corner.

'Come away, Hawkins,' he would say;
'come and have yarn with John. Nobody
more welcome than yourself, my son Sit you
down and hear the news. Here's Cap'n
Flint—I call my parrot Cap'n Flint, after the
famous buccaneer—here Cap'n Flint
predicting success to our v'yage. Wasn't

you cap'n?'

And the parrot would say, with great
rapidity, 'Pieces of eight! pieces of eight!
pieces of eight!' till you wondered than it
was not out of breath, or till John threw his
handkerchief over the cage.

'Now, that bird,' he would say, 'is, may be,
two hundred years old, Hawkins—they lives
for ever mostly; and if anybody's seen more
wickedness, it must be the devil himself.
She's sailed with England, the great Cap'n
England, the pirate. She's been at
Madagascar, and a Malabar, and Surinam,
and Providence, and Portobello. She was
at the fishing up of the wrecked plate ships.
It's there she learned ''Pieces of eight,''
and little wonder; three hundred and fifty
thousand of 'em, Hawkins! She was at the
boarding of the Viceroy of the Indies out of
Goa, she was; and to look at her you would
think she was a babby. But you smelt
powder—didn't you, cap'n?'

'Stand by to go about,' the parrot would
scream.

'Ah, she's a handsome craft, she is,' the
cook would say, and give her sugar from his
pocket, and then the bird would peck at the
bars and swear straight on, passing belief
for wickedness. 'There,' John would add,
'you can't touch pitch and not be mucked,
lad. Here's this poor old innocent bird o'
mine swearing blue fire, and none the
wiser, you may lay to that. She would swear
the same, in a manner of speaking, before
chaplain.' And John would touch his
forelock with a solemn way he had, that
made me think he was the best of men.

In the meantime, the squire and Captain
Smollett were still on pretty distant terms
with one another. The squire made no
bones about the matter; he despised the

-33-

captain. The captain, on his part, never
spoke but when he was spoken to, and then
sharp and short and dry, and not a word
wasted. He owned, when driven into a
corner, that he seemed to have been wrong
about the crew, that some of them were as
brisk as he wanted to see, and all had
behaved fairly well. As for the ship, he had
taken a downright fancy to her. 'She'll lie a
point nearer the wind than a man has a right
to expect of his own married wife, sir. But,'
he would add, 'all I say is we're not home
again, and I don't like the cruise.'

The squire, at this, would turn away and
march up and down the deck, chin in air.

'A trifle more of that man,' he would say,
'and I shall explode.'

We had some heavy weather, which only
proved the qualities of the Hispaniola. Every
man on board seemed well content, and
they must have been hard to please if they
had been otherwise; for it is my belief there
was never a ship's company so spoiled
since Noah put to sea. Double grog was
going on the least excuse; there was duff on
odd days, as, for instance, if the squire
heard it was any man's birthday; and
always a barrel of apples standing
broached in the waist for anyone to help
himself that had a fancy.

'Never knew good come of it yet,' the
captain said to Dr Livesey. 'Spoil foc's'le
hands, make devils. That's my belief.'

But good did come of the apple barrel, as
you shall hear for if it had not been for that,
we should have had no note of warning, and
might all have perished by the hand of
treachery.

This was how it came about.

We had run up the trades to get the wind of
the island we were after—I am not allowed to
be more plain—and now we were running
down for it with a bright look-out day and
night. It was about the last day of our
outward voyage, by the largest
computation; some time that night, or, at
latest, before noon of the morrow, we
should sight the Treasure Island. We were
heading S.S.W., and had a steady breeze
abeam and a quiet sea. The Hispaniola
rolled steadily, dipping her bowsprit nod
and then with a whiff of spray. All was
drawing alow and aloft everyone was in the
bravest spirits, because we were now so
near an end of the first part of our adventure.

Now, just after sundown, when all my work
was over, and I was on my way to my berth,
it occurred to me that I should like an apple. I
ran on deck. The watch was all forward
looking out for the island. The man at the
helm was watching the luff of the sail, and
whistling away gently to himself; and that
was the only sound excepting the swish of
the sea against the bow.' and around the
sides of the ship.

In I got bodily into the apple barrel, and
found there was scarce an apple left; but,
sitting down there in the dark, what with the
sound of the waters and the rocking
movement of the ship, I had either fallen
asleep, or was on the point of doing so,
when a heavy man sat down with rather a
clash close by The barrel shook as he
leaned his shoulders against it, and I was
just about to jump up when the man began
to speak It was Silver's voice, and, before I
had heard a dozen words. I would not have
shown myself for all the world, but lay there,
trembling and listening, in the extreme of
fear and curiosity; for from these dozen
words I understood that the lives of all the
honest men aboard depended upon me
alone.

-34-

Chapter XI What I Heard in the Apple Barrel

'NO, not I,' said Silver. 'Flint was cap'n; I
was quartermaster, along of my timber leg.
The same broadside I lost my leg, old Pew
lost his deadlights. It was a master surgeon,
him that ampytated me—out of college and
all—Latin by the bucket, and what not; but he
was hanged like a dog, and sun-dried like
the rest, at Corso Castle. That was Roberts'
men, that was, and comed of changing
names to their ships—Royal Fortune and so
on. Now, what a ship was christened, so let
her stay, I says. So it was with the
Cassandra as brought us all safe home
from Malabar, after England took the
Viceroy of the Indies; so it was with the old
Walrus, Flint's old ship, as I've seen amuck
with the red blood and fit to sink with gold.'

'Ah!' cried another voice, that of the
youngest hand on board, and evidently full
of admiration, 'he was the flower of the
flock, was Flint!'

'Davis was a man, too, by all accounts,'
said Silver. 'I never sailed along of him; first
with England, then with Flint, that's my
story; and now here on my own account, in a
manner of speaking. I laid by nine hundred
safe, from England, and two thousand after
Flint. That aint bad for a man before the
mast—all safe in bank. 'Tain't earning now,
it's saving does it, you may lay to that.
Where's all England's men now? I dunno.
Where's Flint's? Why, most on 'em aboard
here, and glad to get the duff—been begging
before that, some on 'em. Old Pew, as had
lost his sight, and might have thought
shame, spends twelve hundred pound in a
year, like a lord in Parliament. Where is he
now? Well, he's dead now and under
hatches; but for two year before that, shiver
my timbers! the man was starving. He
begged, and he stole, and he cut throats,
and starved at that, by the powers!'

'Well, it aint much use, after all,' said the
young seaman.

''Tain't much use for fools, you may lay to
it—that, nor nothing,' cried Silver. 'But now,
you look here: you're young, you are, but
you're as smart as paint. I see that when I
set my eyes on you, and I'll talk to you like a
man.'

You may imagine how I felt when I heard this
abominable old rogue addressing another
in the very same words of flattery as he had
used to myself. I think, if I had been able,
that would have killed him through the barrel.
Meantime, he ran on, little supposing he
was overheard.

'Here it is about gentlemen of fortune. They
lives rough and they risk swinging, but they
eat and drink like fighting cocks, and when
a cruise is done, why, it's hundreds of
pounds instead of hundreds of farthings in
their pockets. Now, the most goes for rum
and a good fling, and to sea again in their
shirts. But that's not the course I lay. I puts it
all away, some here, some there, and none
too much anywheres, by reason of
suspicion. I'm fifty, mark you; once back
from this cruise I set up gentleman in
earnest. Time enough, too, says you Ah, but
I've lived easy in the meantime; never
denied myself o nothing heart desires, and
slep' soft and ate dainty all my days, but
when at sea. And how did I begin? Before
the mast like you!'

'Well,' said the other, 'but all the other
money's gone now aint it? You daren't
show face in Bristol after this.'

'Why, where might you suppose it was?'
asked Silver derisively.

'At Bristol, in banks and places,' answered
his companion 'It were,' said the cook; 'it

-35-

were when we weighed anchor But my old
missis has it all by now. And the ''Spy-
glass'' is sold, lease and good-will and
rigging; and the old girl's of to meet me. I
would tell you where, for I trust you; but it 'ud
make jealousy among the mates.'

'And can you trust your missis?' asked the
other.

'Gentlemen of fortune,' returned the cook,
'usually trusts little among themselves, and
right they are, you may lay to it. But I have a
way with me, I have. When a mate brings a
slip on his cable—one as knows me, I
mean—it won't be in the same world with old
John. There was some that was feared of
Pew, and some that was feared of Flint; but
Flint his own self was feared of me. Feared
he was, and proud. They was the roughest
crew afloat, was Flint's; the devil himself
would have been feared to go to sea with
them. Well, now, I tell you, I'm not a boasting
man, and you seen yourself how easy I keep
company; but when I was quartermaster,
lambs wasn't the word for Flint's old
buccaneers. Ah, you may be sure of
yourself in old John's ship.'

'Well, I tell you now,' replied the lad, 'I didn't
half a quarter like the job till I had this talk
with you, John; but there's my hand on it
now.'

'And a brave lad you were, and smart, too,'
answered Silver, shaking hands so heartily
that all the barrel shook, 'and a finer figure-
head for a gentleman of fortune I never
clapped my eyes on.'

By this time I had begun to understand the
meaning of their terms. By a 'gentleman of
fortune' they plainly meant neither more nor
less than a common pirate, and the little
scene that I had overheard was the last act
in the corruption of one of the honest

hands—perhaps of the last one left aboard.
But on this point I was soon to be relieved
for Silver giving a little whistle, a third man
strolled up and sat down by the party.

'Dick's square,' said Silver.

'Oh, I know'd Dick was square,' returned
the voice of the coxswain, Israel Hands.
'He's no fool, is Dick.' And he turned his
quid and spat. 'But, look here,' he went on,
here's what I want to know, Barbecue: how
long are we a-going to stand off and on like
a blessed bumboat? I've had a' most
enough o Cap'n Smollett; he's hazed me
long enough, by thunder! I want to go into
that cabin, I do. I want their pickles and
wines, and that.'

'Israel,' said Silver, 'your head aint much
account, nor ever was. But you're able to
hear, I reckon; leastways, your ears is big
enough. Now, here's what I say: you'll berth
forward, and you'll live hard, and you'll
speak soft, and you'll keep sober, till I give
the word; and you may lay to that, my son.'

'Well, I don't say no, do I?' growled the
coxswain. 'What I say is, when? That's what
I say.'

'When! by the powers!' cried Silver. 'Well,
now, if you want to know, I'll tell you when.
The last moment I can manage; and that's
when. Here's a first-rate seaman, Cap'n
Smollett, sails the blessed ship for us.
Here's this squire and doctor with a map
and such—I don't know where it is, do I? No
more do you, says you. Well, then, I mean
this squire and doctor shall find the stuff,
and help us to get it aboard, by the powers.
Then we'll see. If was sure of you all, sons
of double Dutchmen, I'd have Cap'n
Smollett navigate us half-way back again
before struck.'

-36-

'Why, we're all seamen aboard here, I
should think,' said the lad Dick.

'We're all foc's'le hands, you mean,'
snapped Silver 'We can steer a course, but
who's to set one? That's what all you
gentlemen split on, first and last. If I had my
way I'd have Cap'n Smollett work us back
into the trades a' least; then we'd have no
blessed miscalculations and a spoonful of
water a day. But I know the sort you are. I'll
finish with 'em at the island, as soon's the
blunt's on board and a pity it is. But you're
never happy till you're drunk Split my sides,
I've a sick heart to sail with the likes of you!

'Easy all, Long John,' cried Israel. 'Who's a-
crossing of you?'

'Why, how many tall ships, think ye, now,
have I seen laid aboard? and how many
brisk lads drying in the sun at Execution
Dock?' cried Silver, 'and all for this same
hurry and hurry and hurry. You hear me? I
seen a thing or two at sea, I have. If you
would on'y lay your course and a p'int to
windward, you would ride in carriages, you
would. But not you! I know you. You'll have
your mouthful of rum to-morrow, and go
hang.'

'Everybody know'd you was a kind of a
chapling, John; but there's others as could
hand and steer as well as you,' said Israel.
'They liked a bit o' fun, they did. They wasn't
so high. and dry, nohow, but took their fling,
like jolly companions every one.'

'So?' says Silver. 'Well, and where are they
now? Pew was that sort, and he died a
beggar-man. Flint was, and he died of rum
at Savannah. Ah, they was a sweet crew
they was! on'y, where are they?'

'But,' asked Dick, 'when we do lay 'em
athwart, what are we to do with 'em,

anyhow?'

'There's the man for me!' cried the cook,
admiringly. 'That's what I call business. Well,
what would you think? Put 'em ashore like
maroons? That would have been England's
way. Or cut 'em down like that much pork?
That would have been Flint's or Billy
Bones's.'

'Billy was the man for that,' said Israel.
'''Dead men don't bite,'' says he. Well, he's
dead now himself; he knows the long and
short on it now; and if ever a rough hand
come to port, it was Billy.'

'Right you are,' said Silver, 'rough and
ready. But mark you here: I'm an easy
man—I'm quite the gentleman, says you; but
this time it's serious. Dooty is dooty, mates.
I give my vote—death. When I'm in Parlyment,
and riding in my coach, I don't want none of
these sea—lawyers in the cabin a-coming
home, unlooked for, like the devil at
prayers. Wait is what I say; but when the time
comes, why let her rip!'

'John,' cries the coxswain, 'you're a man!'

'You'll say so, Israel, when you see,' said
Silver. 'Only one thing I claim—I claim
Trelawney. I'll wring his calf's head off his
body with these hands. Dick!' he added,
breaking off, 'you just jump up, like a sweet
lad, and get me an apple, to wet my pipe
like.'

You may fancy the terror I was in! I should
have leaped out and run for it, if I had found
the strength; but my limbs and heart alike
misgave me. I heard Dick begin to rise, and
then someone seemingly stopped him, and
the voice of Hands exclaimed:—

'Oh, stow that! Don't you get sucking of that
bilge, John. Let's have a go of the rum.'

-37-

'Dick,' said Silver, 'I trust you. I've a gauge
on the keg, mind. There's the key; you fill a
pannikin and bring it up.'

Terrified as I was, I could not help thinking to
myself that this must have been how Mr
Arrow got the strong waters that destroyed
him.

Dick was gone but a little while, and during
his absence Israel spoke straight on in the
cook's ear. It was but a word or two that I
could catch, and yet I gathered some
important news; for, besides other scraps
that tended to the sam purpose, this whole
clause was audible: 'Not another man of
them'll jine.' Hence there were still faithful
men on board When Dick returned, one after
another of the trio took the pannikin and
drank-one 'To luck'; another with a 'Here's
to old Flint'; and Silver himself saying, in a
kind of song 'Here's to ourselves, and hold
your luff, plenty of prizes and plenty of duff.'

Just then a sort of brightness fell upon me in
the barrel and looking up, I found the moon
had risen, and was silvering, the mizzen-
top and shining white on the luff of the fore-
sail and almost at the same time the voice
of the look-out shouted 'Land ho!'

Chapter XII Council of War

THERE was a great rush of feet across the
deck. I could hear people tumbling up from
the cabin and the foc's'le; and, slipping in
an instant outside my barrel, I dived behind
the fore-sail, made a double towards the
stern, and came out upon the open deck in
time to join Hunter and Dr Livesey in the
rush for the weather bow.

There all hands were already congregated.
A belt of fog had lifted almost
simultaneously with the appearance of the
moon. Away to the south-west of us we

saw two low hills, about a couple of miles
apart, and rising behind one of them a third
and higher hill, whose peak was still buried
in the fog. All three seemed sharp and
conical in figure.

So much I saw, almost in a dream, for I had
not yet recovered from my horrid fear of a
minute or two before. And then I heard the
voice of Captain Smollett issuing orders.
The Hispaniola was laid a couple of points
nearer the wind, and now sailed a course
that would just clear the island on the east.

'And now, men,' said the captain, when all
was sheeted home, 'has any one of you
ever seen that land ahead?'

'I have, sir,' said Silver. 'I've watered there
with a trader I was cook in.'

'The anchorage is on the south, behind an
islet, I fancy?' asked the captain.

'Yes, sir; Skeleton Island they calls it. It were
a main place for pirates once, and a hand
we had on board knowed all their names for
it. That hill to the nor'ard they calls the Fore-
mast Hill; there are three hills in a row
running south'ard—fore, main, and mizzen,
sir. But the main—that's the big 'un, with the
cloud on it—they usually calls the Spy-glass,
by reason of a look-out they kept when they
was in the anchorage cleaning; for it's there
they cleaned their ships, sir, asking your
pardon.'

'I have a chart here,' says Captain Smollett.
'See if that's the place.'

Long John's eyes burned in his head as he
took the char but, by the fresh look of the
paper, I knew he was doom to
disappointment. This was not the map we
found in Billy Bones's chest, but an
accurate copy, complete in all things—names

-38-

and heights and soundings—with the single
except it of the red crosses and the written
notes. Sharp as must have been his
annoyance, Silver had the strength of mind
to hide it.

'Yes, sir,' said he, 'this is the spot to be
sure; and very prettily drawed out. Who
might have done that, I wonder The pirates
were too ignorant, I reckon. Ay, here it is:
''Capt. Kidd's Anchorage''—just the name
my shipmate called it. There's a strong
current runs along the south, and then away
nor'ard up the west coast. Right you was,
sir,' says he, haul your wind and keep the
weather of the island. Leastways, if such
was your intention as to enter and careen,
and the ain't no better place for that in these
waters.

'Thank you, my man,' says Captain
Smollett. 'I'll ask you later on, to give us a
help. You may go.'

I was surprised at the coolness with which
John avowed his knowledge of the island;
and I own I was half-frighten' when I saw
him drawing nearer to myself. He did not
know to be sure, that I had overheard his
council from the apple barrel, and yet I had,
by this time, taken such a horror his cruelty,
duplicity, and power, that I could scarce
conceal a shudder when he laid his hand
upon my arm.

'Ah,' says he, 'this here is a sweet spot, this
island—a sweet spot for a lad to get ashore
on. You'll bathe, and you'll climb trees, and
you'll hunt goats, you will; and you'll get aloft
them hills like a goat yourself. Why, it makes
me young again I was going to forget my
timber leg, I was. It's a pleasant thing to be
young, and have ten toes, and you may lay
that. When you want to go a bit of exploring,
you just an old John, and he'll put up a
snack for you to take along.'

And clapping me in the friendliest way upon
the shoulder he hobbled off forward and
went below.

Captain Smollett, the squire, and Dr
Livesey were talking together on the
quarterdeck, and, anxious as I was to tell
them my story, I durst not interrupt them
openly. While I was still casting about in my
thoughts to find some probable excuse, Dr
Livesey called me to his side. He had left his
pipe below, and being a slave to tobacco,
had meant that I should fetch it; but as soon
as I was near enough ta speak and not to be
overheard, I broke out immediately:
'Doctor, let me speak. Get the captain and
squire down to the cabin, and then make
some pretence to send for me. I have
terrible news.'

The doctor changed countenance a little,
but next moment he was master of himself.

'Thank you, Jim,' said he, quite loudly, 'that
was all I wanted to know,' as if he had
asked me a question.

And with that he turned on his heel and
rejoined the other two. They spoke together
for a little, and though none of them started,
or raised his voice, or so much as whistled,
it was plain enough that Dr Livesey had
communicated my request; for the next
thing that I heard was the captain giving an
order to Job Anderson, and all hands were
piped on deck.

'My lads,' said Captain Smollett, 'I've a
word to say to you. This land that we have
sighted is the place we have been sailing
for. Mr Trelawney, being a very open-
handed gentleman, as we all know, has just
asked me a word or two, and as I was able
to tell him that every man on board had done
his duty, alow and aloft, as I never ask to
see it done better, why, he and I and the

-39-

doctor are going below to the cabin to drink
your health and luck, and you'll have grog
served out for you to drink our health and
luck. I'll tell you what I think of this: I think it
handsome. And if you think as I do, you'll
give a good sea cheer for the gentleman
that does it.'

The cheer followed—that was a matter of
course; but it rang out so full and hearty, that
I confess I could hardly believe these same
men were plotting for our blood.

'One more cheer for Cap'n Smollett,' cried
Long John, when the first had subsided.

And this also was given with a will.

On the top of that the three gentlemen went
below, and not long after, word was sent
forward that Jim Hawkins was wanted in
the cabin.

I found them all three seated round the table,
a bottle of Spanish wine and some raisins
before them, and the doctor smoking away,
with his wig on his lap, and that, I knew, was
a sign that he was agitated. The stern
window was open, for it was a warm night,
and you could see the moon shining behind
on the ship's wake.

'Now, Hawkins,' said the squire, 'you have
something say. Speak up.'

I did as I was bid, and as short as I could
make it, to the whole details of Silver's
conversation. Nobody interrupted me till I
was done, nor did any one of the three of
them make so much as a movement, but
they kept their eyes upon my face from first
to last.

'Jim,' said Dr Livesey, 'take a seat.' And
they made me sit down at table beside
them, poured me out a glass of wine, filled

my hands with raisins, and three, one after
the other, and each with a bow, drank my
good health, and their service to me, for my
luck and courage.

'Now, captain,' said the squire, 'you were
right, and I was wrong. I own myself an ass,
and I await your orders.'

'No more an ass than I, sir,' returned the
captain. 'I never heard of a crew that meant
to mutiny but what showed signs before, for
any man that had an eye in his head to see
the mischief and take steps according. But
this crew,' he added 'beats me.'

'Captain,' said the doctor, 'with your
permission, that Silver. A very remarkable
man.'

'He'd look remarkably well from a yard-
arm, sir,' returned the captain. 'But this is
talk; this don't lead to anything. I see three or
four points, and with Mr Trelawney's
permission I'll name them.'

'You, sir, are the captain. It is for you to
speak,' says Mr Trelawney, grandly.

'First point,' began Mr Smollett. 'We must
go on, because we can't turn back. If I gave
the word to go about, they would rise at
once. Second point, we have time before
us—at least until this treasure's found. Third
point, there are faithful hands. Now, sir, it's
got to come to blows sooner or later and
what I propose is, to take time by the
forelock, as the saying is, and come to
blows some fine day when they least expect
it. We can count, I take it, on your own home
servants, Mr Trelawney?'

'As upon myself,' declared the squire.

'Three,' reckoned the captain, 'ourselves
make seven, counting Hawkins, here. Now,

-40-

about the honest hands?'

'Most likely Trelawney's own men,' said the
doctor; 'those he had picked up for himself,
before he lit on Silver.'

'Nay,' replied the squire, 'Hands was one
of mine.'

'I did think I could have trusted Hands,'
added the captain.

'And to think that they're all Englishmen!'
broke out the squire. 'Sir, I could find it in my
heart to blow the ship up.'

'Well, gentlemen,' said the captain, 'the
best that I can say is not much. We must lay
to, if you please, and keep a bright look out.
It's trying on a man, I know. It would be
pleasanter to come to blows. But there's no
help for it till we know our men. Lay to, and
whistle for a wind, that's my view.'

'Jim here,' said the doctor, 'can help us
more than anyone. The men are not, shy
with him, and Jim is a noticing lad.'

'Hawkins, I put prodigious faith in you,'
added the squire.

I began to feel pretty desperate at this, for I
felt altogether helpless; and yet, by an odd
train of circumstances, it was indeed
through me that safety came. In the
meantime, talk as we pleased, there were
only seven out of the twenty-six on whom
we knew we could rely; and out of these
seven one was a boy, so that the grown
men on our side were six to their nineteen.

PART III. My Shore Adventure

Chapter XIII How My Shore Adventure
Began

THE appearance of the island when I came
on deck next morning was altogether
changed. Although the breeze ha now utterly
ceased, we had made a great deal of way
during the night, and were now lying
becalmed about half a mile to the south-
east of the low eastern coast. Grey-
coloured woods covered a large part of the
surface. This even tint was indeed broken
up by streaks of yellow sandbreak in the
lower lands, and by many tall trees of the
pine family, out-topping the others—some
singly, some in clumps; but the general
colouring was uniform and sad. The hills ran
up clear above the vegetation in spires of
naked rock. All were strangely shaped, and
the Spy-glass, which was by three or four
hundred feet the tallest on the island, was
likewise the strange in configuration,
running up sheer from almost every side
then suddenly cut off at the top like a
pedestal to put statue on.

The Hispaniola was rolling scuppers under
in the ocean swell. The booms were tearing
at the blocks, the rudder we banging to and
fro, and the whole ship creaking, groaning
and jumping like a manufactory. I had to
cling tight to the backstay, and the world
turned giddily before my eyes; for though I
was a good enough sailor when there was
way or this standing still and being rolled
about like a bottle was thing I never learned
to stand without a qualm or so, above all in
the morning, on an empty stomach.

Perhaps it was this—perhaps it was the look
of the island with its grey, melancholy
woods, and wild stone spires, an the surf
that we could both see and hear foaming an
thundering on the steep beach—at least,
although the sun shone bright and hot, and
the shore birds were fishing and crying all
around us, and you would have thought
anyone would have been glad to get to land
after being so long at sea, my heart sank,

-41-

as the saying is, into my boots; and from
that first look onward, I hated the very
thought of Treasure Island.

We had a dreary morning's work before us,
for there was no sign of any wind, and the
boats had to be got out and manned, and
the ship warped three or four miles round
the corner of the island, and up the narrow
passage to the haven behind Skeleton
Island. I volunteered for one of the boats,
where I had, of course, no business. The
heat was sweltering, and the men grumbled
fiercely over their work. Anderson was in
command of my boat, and instead of
keeping the crew in order, he grumbled as
loud as the worst.

'Well,' he said, with an oath, 'it's not for
ever.'

I thought this was a very bad sign; for, up to
that day, the men had gone briskly and
willingly about their business; but the very
sight of the island had relaxed the cords of
discipline.

All the way in, Long John stood by the
steersman and conned the ship. He knew
the passage like the palm of his hand; and
though the man in the chains got
everywhere more water than was down in
the chart, John never hesitated once.

'There's a strong scour with the ebb,' he
said, 'and this here passage has been dug
out, in a manner of speaking, with a spade.'

We brought up just where the anchor was in
the chart, about a third of a mile from each
shore, the mainland on one side, and
Skeleton Island on the other. The bottom
was clean sand. The plunge of our anchor
sent up clouds of birds wheeling and crying
over the woods; but in less than a minute
they were down again, and all was once

more silent.

The place was entirely land-locked, buried
in woods, the trees coming right down to
high-water mark, the shores mostly flat,
and the hill-tops standing round at a
distance in a sort of amphitheatre, one
here, one there. Two little rivers, or, rather,
two swamps, emptied out into this pond, as
you might call it; and the foliage round that
part of the shore had a kind of poisonous
brightness. From the ship, we could see
nothing of the house or stockade, for they
were quite buried among trees; and if it had
not been for the chart on the companion we
might have been the first that had ever
anchored there sin the island arose out of
the seas.

There was not a breath of air moving, nor a
sound but the of the surf booming half a mile
away along the beaches a against the rocks
outside. A peculiar stagnant smell hung over
the anchorage—a smell of sodden leaves
and rotting tree trunks. I observed the doctor
sniffing and sniffing, like someone tasting a
bad egg.

'I don't know about treasure,' he said, 'but
I'll stake my wig there's fever here.'

If the conduct of the men had been alarming
in the boat it became truly threatening when
they had come aboard. The lay about the
deck growling together in talk. The slightest
order was received with a black look, and
grudgingly and carelessly obeyed. Even the
honest hands must have caught the
infection, for there was not one man aboard
to mend another. Mutiny, it was plain, hung
over us like a thunder-cloud.

And it was not only we of the cabin party
who perceived the danger. Long John was
hard at work going from group to group,
spending himself in good advice, and as for

-42-

example no man could have shown a better.
He fairly outstripped himself in willingness
and civility; he was all smiles everyone. If an
order were given, John would be on his
crutch in an instant, with the cheeriest 'Ay,
ay, sir!' in the world and when there was
nothing else to do, he kept up one song
after another, as if to conceal the discontent
of the rest.

Of all the gloomy features of that gloomy
afternoon, this obvious anxiety on the part of
Long John appeared the worst.'

We held a council in the cabin.

'Sir,' said the captain, 'if I risk another
order, the whole ship'll come about our ears
by the run. You see, sir, here is. I get a rough
answer, do I not? Well, if I speak back, pikes
will be going in two shakes; if I don't, Silver
will see there something under that, and the
game's up. How, we've on one man to rely
on.'

'And who is that?' asked the squire.

'Silver, sir,' returned the captain; 'he's as
anxious as you and I to smother things up.
This is a tiff; he'd soon talk 'em out of it if he
had the chance, and what I propose to do is
to give him the chance. Let's allow the men
an afternoon ashore. If they all go, why, we'll
fight the ship. If they none of them go, well,
then, we hold the cabin, and God defend
the right. If some go, you mark my words,
sir, Silver'll bring em aboard again as mild
as lambs.'

It was so decided; loaded pistols were
served out to all the sure men; Hunter,
Joyce, and Redruth were taken into our
confidence, and received the news with
less surprise and a better spirit than we had
looked for, and then the captain went on
deck and addressed the crew.

'My lads,' said he, 'we've had a hot day,
and are all tired and out of sorts. A turn
ashore'll hurt nobody—the boats are still in
the water; you can take the gigs, and as
many as please may go ashore for the
afternoon. I'll fire a gun half an hour before
sundown.'

I believe the silly fellows must have thought
they would break their shins over treasure
as soon as they were landed; for they all
came out of their sulks in a moment, and
gave a cheer that started the echo in a far-
away hill, and sent the birds once more
flying and squalling round the anchorage.

The captain was too bright to be in the way.
He whipped out of sight in a moment,
leaving Silver to arrange the party; and I
fancy it was as well he did so. Had he been
on deck, he could no longer so much as
have pretended not to understand the
situation. It was as plain as day. Silver was
the captain, and a mighty rebellious crew he
had of it. The honest hands-and I was soon
to see it proved that there were such on
board—must have been stupid fellows. Or,
rather, I suppose the truth was this, that all
hands were disaffected by the example of
the ringleaders—only some more, some less:
and a few, being good fellows in the main,
could neither be led nor driven any further. It
is one thing to be idle and skulk, and quite
another to take a ship and murder a number
of innocent men.

At last, however, the party was made up.
Six fellows were to stay on board, and the
remaining thirteen, including Silver, began
to embark.

Then it was that there came into my head
the first of the mad notions that contributed
so much to save our lives. If six men were
left by Silver, it was plain our party could not
take and fight the ship; and since only six

-43-

were left, it was equally plain that the cabin
party had no present need of my
assistance. It occurred to me at once to go
ashore. In a jiffy I had slipped over the side,
and curled up in the fore-sheets of the
nearest boat, and almost at the same
moment she shoved off.

No one took notice of me, only the bow oar
saying, 'Is that you, Jim? Keep your head
down.' But Silver, from the other boat,
looked sharply over and called out to know if
that were me; and from that moment I began
to regret what I had done.

The crews raced for the beach; but the boat
I was in, having some start, and being at
once the lighter and the better manned, shot
far ahead of her consort, and the bow had
struck among the shoreside trees, and I had
caught a branch at swung myself out, and
plunged into the nearest thicket, while Silver
and the rest were still a hundred yards
behind.

'Jim, Jim!' I heard him shouting.

But you may suppose I paid no heed;
jumping, ducking and breaking through, I
ran straight before my nose, till could run no
longer.

Chapter XIV The First Blow

I WAS so pleased at having given the slip to
Long John, that I began to enjoy myself and
look around me with some interest on the
strange land that I was in.

I had crossed a marshy tract full of willows,
bulrushes, and odd, outlandish, swampy
trees; and I had now come out upon the
skirts of an open piece of undulating, sandy
country, about a mile long, dotted with a few
pines, and a great number of contorted
trees, not unlike the oak in growth, but pale

in the foliage, like willows. On the far side of
the open stood one of the hills, with two
quaint, craggy peaks, shining vividly in the
sun.

I now felt for the first time the joy of
exploration. The isle was uninhabited; my
shipmates I had left behind, and nothing
lived in front of me but dumb brutes and
fowls. I turned hither and thither among the
trees. Here and there were flowering plants,
unknown to me; here and there I saw
snakes, and one raised his head from a
ledge of rock and hissed at me with a noise
not unlike the spinning of a top. Little did I
suppose that he was a deadly enemy, and
that the noise was the famous rattle.

Then I came to a long thicket of these oak-
like trees—live, or evergreen, oaks, I heard
afterwards they should be called—which
grew low along the sand like brambles, the
boughs curiously twisted, the foliage
compact, like thatch. The thicket stretched
down from the top of one of the sandy
knolls, spreading and growing taller as it
went, until it reached the margin of the
broad, reedy fen, through which the nearest
of the little rivers soaked its way into the
anchorage. The marsh was steaming in the
strong sun, and the outline of the Spy-glass
trembled through the haze.

All at once there began to go a sort of bustle
among the bulrushes; a wild duck flew up
with a quack, another followed, and soon
over the whole surface of the marsh a great
cloud of birds hung screaming and circling
in the air. I judged at once that some of my
shipmates must be drawing near along the
borders of the fen. Nor was I deceived; for
soon I hear the very distant and low tones of
a human voice, which, I continued to give
ear, grew steadily louder and nearer. This
put me in a great fear, and I crawled under
cover of the nearest live-oak, and squatted

-44-

there, hearkening, as silent as a mouse.

Another voice answered; and then the first
voice, which now recognised to be Silver's,
once more took up the store and ran on for a
long while in a stream, only now and again
interrupted by the other. By the sound they
must have bee talking earnestly, and almost
fiercely; but no distinct word came to my
hearing.

At last the speakers seemed to have
paused, and perhaps to have sat down; for
not only did they cease to draw an nearer,
but the birds themselves began to grow
more quiet and to settle again to their
places in the swamp.

And now I began to feel that I was
neglecting my business' that since I had
been so foolhardy as to come ashore with
these desperadoes, the least I could do
was to overhear them at their councils; and
that my plain and obvious duty was to draw'
as close as I could manage, under the
favourable ambush c the crouching trees.

I could tell the direction of the speakers
pretty exactly, not only by the sound of their
voices, but by the behaviour of the few birds
that still hung in alarm above the heads of
the intruders.

Crawling on all-fours, I made steadily but
slowly toward them; till at last, raising my
head to an aperture among the leaves, I
could see clear down into a little green dell
beside the marsh, and closely set about
with trees, where Long John Silver and
another of the crew stood face to face in
conversation.

The sun beat full upon them. Silver had
thrown his ha beside him on the ground, and
his great, smooth, blond fact all shining with
heat, was lifted to the other man's in a kin'

of appeal.

'Mate,' he was saying, 'it's because I thinks
gold dust of you—gold dust, and you may lay
to that! If I hadn't too to you like pitch, do you
think I'd have been here a-warning of you?
All's up—you can't make nor mend; it's to
save your neck that I'm a-speaking, and if
one of the wild 'uns knew it, where 'ud I be,
Tom—now, tell me, where 'ud I be?'

'Silver,' said the other man—and I observed
he was not only red in the face, but spoke as
hoarse as a crow, and his voice shook, too,
like a taut rope—Silver,' says he, 'you're old,
and you're honest, or has the name for it;
and you've money, too, which lots of poor
sailors hasn't; and you're brave, or I'm
mistook. And will you tell me you'll let
yourself be led away with that kind of a
mess of swabs? not you! As sure as God
sees me, I'd sooner lose my hand. If I turn
agin my dooty——'

And then all of a sudden he was interrupted
by a noise. I had found one of the honest
hands—well, here, at that same moment,
came news of another. Far away out in the
marsh there arose, all of a sudden, a sound
like the cry of anger, then another on the
back of it; and then one horrid, long-drawn
scream. The rocks of the Spy-glass re-
echoed it a score of times; the whole troop
of marsh-birds rose again, darkening
heaven, with a simultaneous whirr; and long
after that death yell was still ringing in my
brain, silence had re-established its
empire, and only the rustle of the
redescending birds and the boom of the
distant surges disturbed the languor of the
afternoon.

Tom had leaped at the sound, like a horse
at the spur; but Silver had not winked an
eye. He stood where he was, resting lightly
on his crutch, watching his companion like a

-45-

snake about to spring.

'John!' said the sailor, stretching out his
hand.

'Hands off!' cried Silver, leaping back a
yard, as it seemed to me, with the speed
and security of a trained gymnast.

'Hands off, if you like, John Silver,' said the
other. 'It's a black conscience that can
make you feared of me. But, in heaven's
name, tell me what was that?'

'That?' returned Silver, smiling away, but
warier than ever, his eye a mere pin-point in
his big face, but gleaming like a crumb of
glass. 'That? Oh, I reckon that'll be Alan.'

And at this poor Tom flashed out like a hero.

'Alan!' he cried. 'Then rest his soul for a true
seaman! And as for you, John Silver, long
you've been a mate of mine, but you're
mate of mine no more. If I die like a dog, I'll
die in my dooty. You've killed Alan, have
you? Kill me too, if you can. But I defies
you.'

And with that, this brave fellow turned his
back directly on the cook, and set off
walking for the beach. But he was not
destined to go far. With a cry, John seized
the branch of a tree, whipped the crutch out
of his armpit, and sent that uncouth missile
hurtling through the air. It struck poor Tom
point foremost, and with stunning violence,
right between the shoulders in the middle of
his back. His hands flew up, he gave a sort
of gasp, and fell.

Whether he were injured much or little, none
could ever tell. Like enough, to judge from
the sound, his back was broken on the spot.
But he had no time given him to recover
Silver, agile as a monkey, even without leg

or crutch, was on the top of him next
moment, and had twice buried his knife up
to the hilt in that defenceless body. From my
place of ambush, I could hear him pant
aloud as he struck the blows.

I do not know what it rightly is to faint, but I
do know that for the next little while the
whole world swam away from before me in
a whirling mist; Silver and the birds, and the
tall Spy-glass hill-top, going round and
round and topsy-turvy before my eyes, and
all manner of bells ringing and distant
voices shouting in my ear.

When I came again to myself, the monster
had pulled himself together, his crutch under
his arm, his hat upon his head. Just before
him Tom lay motionless upon the sward; but
the murderer minded him not a whit,
cleansing his bloodstained knife the while
upon a wisp of grass. Everything else was
unchanged, the sun still shining mercilessly
on the steaming marsh and the tall pinnacle
of the mountain, and I could scarce
persuade myself that murder had been
actually done, and a human life cruelly cut
short a moment since, before my eyes.

But now John put his hand into his pocket,
brought out a whistle, and blew upon it
several modulated blasts, that rang far
across the heated air. I could not tell, of
course, the meaning of the signal; but it
instantly awoke my fears. More men would
be coming. I might be discovered. They had
already slain two of the honest people; after
Tom and Alan, might not I come next?

Instantly I began to extricate myself and
crawl back again, with what speed and
silence I could manage, to the more open
portion of the wood. As I did so, I could hear
hails coming and going between the old
buccaneer and his comrades, and this
sound of danger lent me wings. As soon as I

-46-

was clear of the thicket, I ran as I never ran
before, scarce minding the direction of my
flight, so long as it led me from the
murderers; and as I ran, fear grew and grew
upon me, until it turned into a kind of frenzy.

Indeed, could anyone be more entirely lost
than I? When the gun fired, how should I dare
to go down to the boats among those
fiends, still smoking from their crime? Would
not the first of them who saw me wring my
neck like a snipe's? Would not my absence
itself be an evidence to them of my alarm,
and therefore of my fatal knowledge? It was
all over, I thought. Good-bye to the
Hispaniola, good-bye to the squire, the
doctor, and the captain! There was nothing
left for me but death by starvation, or death
by the hands of the mutineers.

All this while, as I say, I was still running,
and, without taking any notice, I had drawn
near to the foot of the little hill with the two
peaks, and had got into a part of the island
where the live-oaks grew more widely
apart, and seemed more like forest trees in
their bearing and dimensions. Mingled with
these were a few scattered pines, some
fifty, some nearer seventy, feet high. The
air, too, smelt more freshly than down
beside the marsh.

And here a fresh alarm brought me to a
standstill with a thumping heart.

Chapter XV The Man of the Island

FROM the side of the hill, which was here
steep and stony a spout of gravel was
dislodged, and fell rattling and bounding
through the trees. My eyes turned
instinctively in the direction, and I saw a
figure leap with great rapidity behind the
trunk of a pine. What it was, whether bear or
man or monkey, I could in no wise tell. It
seemed dark and shaggy; more I knew not.

But the terror of this new apparition brought
me to a stand.

I was now, it seemed, cut off upon both
sides; behind me the murderers, before me
this lurking nondescript. An immediately I
began to prefer the dangers that I knew to
those I knew not. Silver himself appeared
less terrible in contract with this creature of
the woods, and I turned on my heel, and
looking sharply behind me over my
shoulder, began to retract my steps in the
direction of the boats.

Instantly the figure reappeared, and,
making a wide circuit began to head me off.
I was tired, at any rate; but had I bee as
fresh as when I rose, I could see it was in
vain for me to contend in speed with such an
adversary. From trunk to trunk the creature
flitted like a deer, running manlike on two
legs but unlike any man that I had ever seen,
stooping almost double as it ran. Yet a man
it was, I could no longer be in doubt about
that.

I began to recall what I had heard of
cannibals. I was within an ace of calling for
help. But the mere fact that he was man,
however wild, had somewhat reassured
me, and my fear of Silver began to revive in
proportion. I stood still, therefore and cast
about for some method of escape; and as I
was so thinking, the recollection of my pistol
flashed into my mind. As soon as I
remembered I was not defenceless,
courage glowed again in my heart; and I set
my face resolutely for this man of the island,
and walked briskly towards him.

He was concealed by this time, behind
another tree trunk but he must have been
watching me closely, for as soon as I began
to move in his direction he reappeared and
took a step to meet me. Then he hesitated,
drew back, came forward again, and at

-47-

last, to my wonder and confusion, threw
himself on his knees and held out his
clasped hands in supplication.

At that I once more stopped.

'Who are you?' I asked.

'Ben Gunn,' he answered, and his voice
sounded hoarse and awkward, like a rusty
lock. 'I'm poor Ben Gunn, I am; and I haven't
spoke with a Christian these three years.'

I could now see that he was a white man like
myself, and that his features were even
pleasing. His skin, wherever it was
exposed, was burnt by the sun; even his lips
were black; and his fair eyes looked quite
startling in so dark a face. Of all the beggar-
men that I had seen or fancied, he was the
chief for raggedness. He was clothed with
tatters of old ship's canvas and old sea
cloth; and this extraordinary patchwork was
all held together by a system of the most
various and incongruous fastenings, brass
buttons, bits of stick, and loops of tarry
gaskin. About his waist he wore an old
brass-buckled leather belt, which was the
one thing solid in his whole accoutrement.

'Three years!' I cried.

'Were you shipwrecked?'

'Nay, mate,' said he—'marooned.'

I had heard the word, and I knew it stood for
a horrible kind of punishment common
enough among the buccaneers, in which the
offender is put ashore with a little powder
and shot, and left behind on some desolate
and distant island.

'Marooned three years agone,' he
continued, 'and lived on goats since then,
and berries, and oysters. Wherever a man

is, says I, a man can do for himself. But,
mate, my heart is sore for Christian diet.
You mightn't happen to have a piece of
cheese about you, now? No? Well, many's
the long night I've dreamed of
cheese—toasted, mostly—and woke up
again, and here I were.'

'If ever I can get aboard again,' said I, 'you
shall have cheese by the stone.'

All this time he had been feeling the stuff of
my jacket, smoothing my hands, looking at
my boots, and generally, in the intervals of
his speech, showing a childish pleasure in
the presence of a fellow-creature. But at my
last words he perked up into a kind of
startled slyness.

'If ever you can get aboard again, says
you?' he repeated.

'Why, now, who's to hinder you?'

'Not you, I know,' was my reply.

'And right you was,' he cried. 'Now
you—what do you call yourself, mate?'

'Jim,' I told him.

'Jim, Jim,' says he, quite pleased
apparently. 'Well, now, Jim, I've lived that
rough as you'd be ashamed to hear of.
Now, for instance, you wouldn't think I had
had a pious mother—to look at me?' he
asked.

'Why, no, not in particular,' I answered.

'Ah, well,' said he, 'but I had—remarkable
pious. And I was a civil, pious boy, and
could rattle off my catechism that fast, as
you couldn't tell one word from another. And
here's what it come to, Jim, and it begun
with chuck-farthen on the blessed grave-

-48-

stones! That's what it begun with, but went
further'n that; and so my mother told me,
and predicked the whole, she did, the pious
woman! But it were Providence that put me
here. I've thought it all out in this here lonely
island, and I'm back on piety. You don't
catch me tasting rum so much; but just a
thimbleful for luck, of course, the first
chance I have. I'm bound I'll be good, and I
see the way to. And, Jim'—looking all round
him, and lowering his voice to a whisper I'm
rich.'

I now felt sure that the poor fellow had gone
crazy in his solitude, and I suppose I must
have shown the feeling in my face, for he
repeated the statement hotly:—

'Rich! rich! I says. And I'll tell you what: I'll
make a man of you, Jim. Ah, Jim, you'll
bless your stars, you will, you was the first
that found me!'

And at this there came suddenly a lowering
shadow over his face; and he tightened his
grasp upon my hand, and raised a
forefinger threateningly before my eyes.

'Now, Jim, you tell me true: that ain't Flint's
ship?' he asked.

At this I had a happy inspiration. I began to
believe that I had found an ally, and I
answered him at once.

'It's not Flint's ship, and Flint is dead; but I'll
tell you true, as you ask me—there are some
of Flint's hands aboard; worse luck for the
rest of us.'

'Not a man—with one—leg?' he gasped.

'Silver?' I asked.

'Ah, Silver!' says he; 'that were his name.'

'He's the cook; and the ringleader, too.'

He was still holding me by the wrist, and at
that he gave it quite a wring.

'If you was sent by Long John,' he said, 'I'm
as good as pork, and I know it. But where
was you, do you suppose?'

I had made my mind up in a moment, and by
way of answer told him the whole story of
our voyage, and the predicament in which
we found ourselves. He heard me with the
keenest interest, and when I had done he
patted me on the head.

'You're a good lad, Jim,' he said; 'and
you're all in a clove hitch ain't you? Well, you
just put your trust in Ben Gunn—Ben Gunn's
the man to do it. Would you think it likely,
now, that your squire would prove a liberal-
minded one in case of help—him being in a
clove hitch, as you remark?'

I told him the squire was the most liberal of
men.

'Ay, but you see,' returned Ben Gunn, 'I
didn't mean giving me a gate to keep, and a
shuit of livery clothes, and such; that's not
my mark, Jim. What I mean is, would he be
likely to come down to the toon of, say one
thousand pounds out of money that's as
good as a man's own already?'

'I am sure he would,' said I. 'As it was, all
hands were to share.'

'And a passage home?' he added, with a
look of great shrewdness.

'Why,' I cried, 'the squire's a gentleman.
And, besides, if we got rid of the others, we
should want you to help work the vessel
home.'

-49-

'Ah,' said he, 'so you would.' And he
seemed very much relieved.

'Now, I'll tell you what,' he went on. 'So
much I'll tell you, and no more. I were in
Flint's ship when he buried the treasure; he
and six along-six strong seamen. They
were ashore nigh on a week, and us
standing off and on in the old Walrus. One
fine day up went the signal, and here come
Flint by himself in a little boat, and his head
done up in a blue scarf. The sun was getting
up, and mortal whit he looked about the cut-
water. But, there he was, you mind, and the
six all dead—dead and buried. How he done
it, not a man aboard us could make out. It
was battle murder, and sudden death,
leastways—him against six Billy Bones was
the mate; Long John, he was quartermaster
and they asked him where the treasure was.
"Ah,'' say he, "you can go ashore, if you
like, and stay,'' he says "but as for the ship,
she'll beat up for more, by thunder!'' That's
what he said.

'Well, I was in another ship three years back,
and we sighted this island. "Boys,'' said I,
"here's Flint's treasure let's land and find
it.'' The cap'n was displeased at that; but
my messmates were all of a mind, and
landed. Twelve days they looked for it, and
every day they had the worse word for me,
until one fine morning all hands went
aboard. "As for you, Benjamin Gunn,'' says
they, here's a musket,'' they says, "and a
spade, and pick-axe. You can stay here,
and find Flint's money for yourself,'' they
says.

'Well, Jim, three years have I been here, and
not a bite of Christian diet from that day to
this. But now, you look here; look at me. Do I
look like a man before the mast? No, says
you. Nor I weren't, neither, I says.' And with
that he winked and pinched me hard.

'Just you mention them words to your
squire, Jim'—he went on: 'Nor he weren't,
neither—that's the words. Three years he
were the man of this island, light and dark,
fair and rain; and sometimes he would,
maybe, think upon a prayer (says you), and
sometimes he would, maybe, think of his
old mother, so be as she's alive (you'll say);
but the most part of Gunn's time (this is what
you'll say)—the most part of his time Was took
up with another matter. And then you'll give
him a nip, like I do.'

And he pinched me again in the most
confidential manner.

'Then,' he continued—'then you'll up, and
you'll say this:—Gunn is a good man (you'll
say), and he puts a precious sight more
confidence-a precious sight, mind that—in a
gen'leman born than in these gen'lemen of
fortune, having been one hisself.'

'Well,' I said, 'I don't understand one word
that you've been saying. But that's neither
here nor there; for how am I to get on
board?'

'Ah,' said he, 'that's the hitch, for sure. Well,
there's my boat, that I made with my two
hands. I keep her under the white rock. If the
worst come to the worst, we might try that
after dark. Hi!' he broke out, 'what's that?'

For just then, although the sun had still an
hour or two to run, all the echoes of the
island awoke and bellowed to the thunder of
a cannon.

'They have begun to fight!' I cried. 'Follow
me.'

And I began to run towards the anchorage,
my terrors all forgotten; while, close at my
side, the marooned man in his goatskins
trotted easily and lightly.

-50-

'Left, left,' says he; 'keep to your left hand,
mate Jim! Under the trees with you! Theer's
where I killed my first goat. They don't come
down here now; they're all mast-headed on
them mountings for the fear of Benjamin
Gunn. Ah! and there's the
cemetery'—cemetery, he must have meant.
'You see the mounds? I come here and
prayed, nows and thens, when I thought
maybe a Sunday would be about doo. It
weren't quite a chapel, but it seemed more
solemn like; and then, says you, Ben Gunn
was short-handed-no chapling, nor so
much as a Bible and a flag, you says.'

So he kept talking as I ran, neither expecting
nor receiving any answer.

The cannon-shot was followed, after a
considerable interval, by a volley of small
arms.

Another pause, and then, not a quarter of a
mile in front of me, I beheld the Union Jack
flutter in the air above a wood.

PART IV. The Stockade

Chapter XVI Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: How the Ship was Abandoned

IT was about half-past one—three bells in the
sea phrase that the two boats went ashore
from the Hispaniola. The captain, the
squire, and I were talking matters over in the
cabin. Had there been a breath of wind we
should have fall' on the six mutineers who
were left aboard with us, slipped our cable,
and away to sea. But the wind was wanting;
an to complete our helplessness, down
came Hunter with the news that Jim
Hawkins had slipped into a boat and go
ashore with the rest.

It never occurred to us to doubt Jim
Hawkins; but we were alarmed for his

safety. With the men in the temper they we
in, it seemed an even chance if we should
see the lad again. We ran on deck. The pitch
was bubbling in the seams; the nasty stench
of the place turned me sick; if ever a man
smelt fever and dysentery, it was in that
abominable anchorage. The six scoundrels
were sitting grumbling under a sail in the
forecastle; ashore we could see the gigs
made fast, and a man sitting in each, hard
by where the river runs in. One of them was
whistling 'Lillibullero.'

Waiting was a strain; and it was decided
that Hunter and I should go ashore with the
jolly-boat, in quest of information. The gigs
had leaned to their right; but Hunter and I
pulled straight in, in the direction of the
stockade upon the chart. The two who were
left guarding their boats seemed in a bustle
at our appearance; 'Lillibullero' stopped
off, and I could see the pair discussing what
they ought to do. Had they gone an told
Silver, all might have turned out differently;
but they had their orders, I suppose and
decided to sit quietly where they were and
hark back again to 'Lillibullero.'

There was a slight bend in the coast, and I
steered so as to put it between us; even
before we landed we had thus lost sight of
the gigs. I jumped out, and came as near
running as I durst, with a big silk
handkerchief under my hat for coolness'
sake, and a brace of pistols ready primed
for safety.

I had not gone a hundred yards when I
reached the stockade.

This was how it was: a spring of clear water
rose almost at the top of a knoll. Well, on the
knoll, and enclosing the spring, they had
clapped a stout log-house, fit to hold two
score of people on a pinch, and loop-holed
for musketry on every side. All round this

-51-

they had cleared a wide space, and then the
thing was completed by a paling six feet
high, without door or opening, too strong to
pull down without time and labour, and too
open to shelter the besiegers. The people in
the log-house had them in every way; they
stood quiet in shelter and shot the others
like partridges. All they wanted was a good
watch and food; for, short of a complete
surprise, they might have held the place
against a regiment.

What particularly took my fancy was the
spring. For, though we had a good enough
place of it in the cabin of the Hispaniola,
with plenty of arms and ammunition, and
things to eat, and excellent wines, there had
been one thing overlooked—we had no
water. I was thinking this over, when there
came ringing over the island the cry of a
man at the point of death. I was not new to
violent death—I have served his Royal
Highness the Duke of Cumberland, and got
a wound myself at Fontenoy—but I know my
pulse went dot and carry one. 'Jim Hawkins
is gone' was my first thought.

It is something to have been an old soldier,
but more still to have been a doctor. There is
no time to dilly-dally in our work. And so
now I made up my mind instantly, and with
no time lost returned to the shore, and
jumped on board the jolly-boat.

By good fortune Hunter pulled a good oar.
We made the water fly; and the boat was
soon alongside, and I aboard the schooner.

I found them all shaken, as was natural. The
squire was sitting down, as white as a
sheet, thinking of the harm he had led us to,
the good soul! and one of the six forecastle
hands was little better.

'There's a man,' says Captain Smollett,
nodding towards him, 'new to this work. He

came nigh-hand fainting, doctor when he
heard the cry. Another touch of the rudder
and that man would join us.'

I told my plan to the captain, and between us
we settle on the details of its
accomplishment.

We put old Redruth in the gallery between
the cabin and the forecastle, with three or
four loaded muskets and mattress for
protection. Hunter brought the boat round
under the stern-port, and Joyce and I set to
work loading her with powder tins,
muskets, bags of biscuits, kegs of pork, a
cask of cognac, and my invaluable
medicine chest.

In the meantime, the squire and the captain
stayed on deck and the latter hailed the
coxswain, who was the principal man
aboard.

'Mr Hands,' he said, 'here are two of us
with a brace of pistols each. If any one of
you six make a signal of any description,
that man's dead.'

They were a good deal taken aback; and,
after a little consultation, one and all
tumbled down the fore companion thinking,
no doubt, to take us on the rear. But when
they saw Redruth waiting for them in the
sparred gallery, they went about ship at
once, and a head popped out again on
deck.

'Down, dog!' cries the captain.

And the head popped back again; and we
heard no more, for the time, of these six
very faint-hearted seamen.

By this time, tumbling things in as they
came, we had the jolly-boat loaded as
much as we dared. Joyce and I got out

-52-

through the stern-port, and we made for
shore again, as fast as oars could take us.

This second trip fairly aroused the watchers
along shore. 'Lillibullero' was dropped
again; and just before we lost sight of them
behind the little point, one of them whipped
ashore and disappeared. I had half a mind
to change my plan and destroy their boats,
but I feared that Silver and the others might
be close at hand, and all might very well be
lost by trying for too much.

We had soon touched land in the same
place as before, and set to provision the
block house. All three made the first
journey, heavily laden, and tossed our
stores over the palisade. Then, leaving
Joyce to guard them—one man, to be sure,
but with half a dozen muskets—Hunter and I
returned to the jolly-boat, and loaded
ourselves once more. So we proceeded
without pausing to take breath, till the whole
cargo was bestowed, when the two
servants took up their position in the block
house, and I, with all my power, sculled
back to the Hispaniola.

That we should have risked a second boat
load seems more daring than it really was.
They had the advantage of numbers, of
course, but we had the advantage of arms.
Not one of the men ashore had a musket,
and before they could get within range for
pistol shooting, we flattered ourselves we
should be able to give a good account of a
half-dozen at least.

The squire was waiting for me at the stern
window, all his faintness gone from him. He
caught the painter and made it fast, and we
fell to loading the boat for our very lives.
Pork, powder, and biscuit was the cargo,
with only a musket and a cutlass apiece for
the squire and me and Redruth and the
captain. The rest of the arms and powder

we dropped overboard in two fathoms and
a half of water, so that we could see the
bright steel shining far below us in the sun,
on the clean, sandy bottom.

By this time the tide was beginning to ebb,
and the ship was swinging round to her
anchor. Voices were heard faintly halloaing
in the direction of the two gigs; and though
this reassured us for Joyce and Hunter, who
were well to the eastward, it warned our
party to be off.

Redruth retreated from his place in the
gallery, and dropped into the boat, which
we then brought round to the ship's counter,
to be handier for Captain Smollett.

'Now men,' said he, 'do you hear me?'

There was no answer from the forecastle.

'It's to you, Abraham Gray—it's to you, I am
speaking.'

Still no reply.

'Gray,' resumed Mr Smollett, a little louder,
'I am leaving this ship, and I order you to
follow your captain. I know you are a good
man at bottom, and I daresay not one of the
lot of you's as bad as he makes out. I have
my watch here in my hand; I give you thirty
seconds to join me in.'

There was a pause.

'Come, my fine fellow,' continued the
captain, 'don't hang so long in stays. I'm
risking my life, and the lives of these good
gentlemen every second.'

There was a sudden scuffle, a sound of
blows, and out burst Abraham Gray with a
knife-cut on the side of the cheek, and
came running to the captain, like a dog to

-53-

the whistle.

'I'm with you, sir,' said he.

And the next moment he and the captain
had dropped aboard of us, and we had
shoved off and given way.

We were clear out of the ship; but not yet
ashore in our stockade.

Chapter XVII Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: The Jolly-Boat's last Trip

THIS fifth trip was quite different from any of
the others. In the first place, the little gallipot
of a boat that we were in was gravely
overloaded. Five grown men, and three of
them—Trelawney, Redruth, and the
captain—over six feet high, was already
more than she was meant to carry. Add to
that the powder, pork, and bread-bags.
The gunwale was lipping astern. Several
times we shipped a little water, and my
breeches and the tails of my coat were all
soaking wet before we had gone a hundred
yards.

The captain made us trim the boat, and we
got her to lie a little more evenly. All the
same, we were afraid to breathe.

In the second place, the ebb was now
making-a strong rippling current running
westward through the basin, and then
south'ard and seaward down the straits by
which we had entered in the morning. Even
the ripples were a danger to our overloaded
craft; but the worst of it was that we were
swept out of our true course, and away from
our proper landing-place behind the point. If
we let the current have its way we should
come ashore beside the gigs, where the
pirates might appear at any moment.

'I cannot keep her head for the stockade,

sir,' said I to the captain. I was steering,
while he and Redruth, two fresh men, were
at the oars. 'The tide keeps washing her
down. Could you pull a little stronger?'

'Not without swamping the boat,' said he.
'you must bear up, sir, if you please—bear up
until you see you're gaining.'

I tried, and found by experiment that the tide
kept sweeping us westward until I had laid
her head due east, or just about right angles
to the way we ought to go.

'We'll never get ashore at this rate,' said I.

'If it's the only course that we can lie, sir, we
must even lie it,' returned the captain. 'We
must keep up-stream. You see, sir,' he
went on, 'if once we dropped to leeward of
the landing-place, it's hard to say where we
should get ashore besides the chance of
being boarded by the gigs; whereas, the
way we go the current must slacken, and
then we can dodge back along the shore.'

'The current's less a'ready, sir,' said the
man Gray, who was sitting in the fore-
sheets; 'you can ease her off a bit.'

'Thank you, my man,' said I, quite as if
nothing had happened; for we had all quietly
made up our minds to treat him like one of
ourselves.

Suddenly the captain spoke up again, and I
thought his voice was a little changed.

'The gun!' said he.

'I have thought of that,' said I, for I made
sure he was thinking of a bombardment of
the fort. 'They could never get the gun
ashore, and if they did, they could never
haul it through the woods.'

-54-

'Look astern, doctor,' replied the captain.

We had entirely forgotten the long nine; and
there, to our horror, were the five rogues
busy about her, getting off her jacket, as
they called the stout tarpaulin cover under
which she sailed. Not only that, but it flashed
into my mind at the same moment that the
round-shot and the powder for the gun had
been left behind, and a stroke with an axe
would put it all into the possession of the evil
ones aboard.

'Israel was Flint's gunner,' said Gray,
hoarsely.

At any risk, we put the boat's head direct for
the landing-place. By this time we had got
so far out of the run of the current that we
kept steerage way even at our necessarily
gentle rate of rowing, and I could keep her
steady for the goal. But the worst of it was,
that with the course I now held, we turned
our broadside instead of our stern to the
Hispaniola, and offered a target like a barn
door.

I could hear, as well as see, that brandy-
faced rascal, Israel Hands, plumping down
a round-shot on the deck.

'Who's the best shot?' asked the captain.

'Mr Trelawney, out and away,' said I.

'Mr Trelawney, will you please pick me off
one of these men, sir? Hands, if possible,'
said the captain.

Trelawney was as cool as steel. He looked
to the priming of his gun.

'Now,' cried the captain, 'easy with that
gun, sir, or you'll swamp the boat. All hands
stand by to trim her when he aims.'

The squire raised his gun, the rowing
ceased, and we leaned over to the other
side to keep the balance, and all was so
nicely contrived that we did not ship a drop.

They had the gun, by this time, slewed
round upon the swivel, and Hands, who was
at the muzzle with the rammer, was, in
consequence, the most exposed. However,
we had no luck; for just as Trelawney fired,
down he stooped, the ball whistled over
him, and it was one of the other four who
fell.

The cry he gave was echoed, not only by his
companions on board, but by a great
number of voices from the shore, and
looking in that direction I saw the other
pirates trooping out from among the trees
and tumbling into their places in the boats.

'Here come the gigs, sir,' said I.

'Give way then,' cried the captain. 'We
mustn't mind if we swamp her now. If we
can't get ashore, all's up.'

'Only one of the gigs is being manned, sir,' I
added, 'the crew of the other most likely
going round by shore to cut us off.'

'They'll have a hot run, sir,' returned the
captain. 'Jack ashore, you know. It's not
them I mind; it's the round-shot. Carpet-
bowls! My lady's maid couldn't miss. Tell
us, squire, when you see the match, and
we'll hold water.'

In the meanwhile we had been making
headway at a good pace for a boat so
overloaded, and we had shipped but little
water in the process. We were now close in;
thirty or forty strokes and we should beach
her; for the ebb had already disclosed a
narrow belt of sand below the clustering
trees. The gig was no longer to be feared;

-55-

the little point had already concealed it from
our eyes. The ebb-tide, which had so
cruelly delayed us, was now making
reparation, and delaying our assailants. The
one source of danger was the gun.

'If I durst,' said the captain, 'I'd stop and
pick off another man.'

But it was plain that they meant nothing
should delay their shot. They had never so
much as looked at their fallen comrade,
though he was not dead, and I could see
him trying to crawl away.

'Ready!' cried the squire.

'Hold!' cried the captain, quick as an echo.

And he and Redruth backed with a great
heave that sent her stern bodily under water.
The report fell in at the same instant of time.
This was the first that Jim heard, the sound
of the squire's shot not having reached him.
Where the ball passed, not one of us
precisely knew; but I fancy it must have
been over our heads, and that the wind of it
may have contributed to our disaster.

At any rate, the boat sank by the stern, quite
gently, in three feet of water, leaving the
captain and myself, facing each other, on
our feet. The other three took complete
headers, and came up again, drenched and
bubbling.

So far there was no great harm. No lives
were lost, and we could wade ashore in
safety. But there were all our stores at the
bottom, and, to make things worse, only
two guns out of five remained in a state for
service. Mine I had snatched from my knees
and held over my head, by a sort of instinct.
As for the captain, he had carried his over
his shoulder by a bandoleer, and, like a
wise man, lock uppermost. The other three

had gone down with the boat.

To add to our concern, we heard voices
already drawing near us in the woods along
shore; and we had not only the danger of
being cut off from the stockade in our half-
crippled state, but the fear before us
whether, if Hunter and Joyce were attacked
by half a dozen, they would have the sense
an conduct to stand firm. Hunter was
steady, that we knew; Joyce was a doubtful
case—a pleasant, polite man for a valet, and
to brush one's clothes, but not entirely fitted
for a man of war.

With all this in our minds, we waded ashore
as fast as we could, leaving behind us the
poor jolly-boat, and a good half of all our
powder and provisions.

Chapter XVIII Narrative Continued by the
Doctor: End of the First Day's Fighting

WE made our best speed across the strip of
wood that now divided us from the
stockade; and at every step we took the
voices of the buccaneers rang nearer. Soon
we could hear their footfalls as they ran, and
the cracking of the branches as they
breasted across a bit of thicket.

I began to see we should have a brush for it
in earnest, and looked to my priming.

'Captain,' said I, 'Trelawney is the dead
shot. Give him your gun; his own is useless.'

They exchanged guns, and Trelawney,
silent and cool as he had been since the
beginning of the bustle, hung a moment on
his heel to see that all was fit for service. At
the same time, observing Gray to be
unarmed, I handed him my cutlass. It did all
our hearts good to see him spit in his hand,
knit his brows, and make the blade sing
through the air. It was plain from every line of

-56-

his body that our new hand was worth his
salt.

Forty paces farther we came to the edge of
the wood and saw the stockade in front of
us. We struck the enclosure about the middle
of the south side, and, almost at the same
time, seven mutineers—Job Anderson, the
boatswain, at their head—appeared in full cry
at the south-western corner.

They paused, as if taken aback; and before
they recovered, not only the squire and I, but
Hunter and Joyce from the block house, had
time to fire. The four shots came in rather a
scattering volley; but they did the business:
one of the enemy actually fell, and the rest,
without hesitation, turned and plunged into
the trees.

After reloading, we walked down the
outside of the palisade to see the fallen
enemy. He was stone dead—shot through the
heart.

We began to rejoice over our good
success, when just at that moment a pistol
cracked in the bush, a ball whistled close
past my ear, and poor Tom Redruth
stumbled and fell his length on the ground.
Both the squire and I returned the shot; but
as we had nothing to aim at, it is probable
we only wasted powder. Then we reloaded,
and turned our attention to poor Tom.

The captain and Gray were already
examining him; and I saw with half an eye
that all was over.

I believe the readiness of our return volley
had scattered the mutineers once more, for
we were suffered without further
molestation to get the poor old gamekeeper
hoisted over the stockade, and carried,
groaning and bleeding, into the log-house.

Poor old fellow, he had not uttered one
word of surprise, complaint, fear, or even
acquiescence, from the very beginning of
our troubles till now, when we had laid him
down in the log-house to die. He had lain
like a Trojan behind his mattress in the
gallery; he had followed every order silently
doggedly, and well; he was the oldest of our
party by a score of years; and now, sullen,
old, serviceable servant, it was he that was
to die.

The squire dropped down beside him on his
knees and kissed his hand, crying like a
child.

'Be I going, doctor?' he asked.

'Tom, my man,' said I, 'you're going home.'

'I wish I had had a lick at them with the gun
first,' he replied.

'Tom,' said the squire, 'say you forgive me,
won't you?'

'Would that be respectful like, from me to
you, squire?' was the answer. 'Howsoever,
so be it, amen!'

After a little while of silence, he said he
thought somebody might read a prayer. 'It's
the custom, sir,' he added apologetically.
And not long after, without another word, he
passed away.

In the meantime the captain, whom I had
observed to be wonderfully swollen about
the chest and pockets, had turned out a
great many various stores—the British
colours, a Bible a coil of stoutish rope, pen,
ink, the log-book, and pounds of tobacco.
He had found a longish fir-tree lying felled
an trimmed in the enclosure, and, with the
help of Hunter, he had set it up at the corner
of the log-house where the trunks crossed

-57-

and made an angle. Then, climbing on the
roof, he had with his own hand bent and run
up the colours.

This seemed mightily to relieve him. He re-
entered the log-house, and set about
counting up the stores, as if nothing else
existed. But he had an eye on Tom's
passage for all that; and as soon as all was
over, came forward with another flag, and
reverently spread it on the body.

'Don't you take on, sir,' he said, shaking the
squire's hand. 'All's well with him; no fear
for a hand that's been shot down in his duty
to captain and owner. It mayn't be good
divinity, but it's a fact.'

Then he pulled me aside.

'Dr Livesey,' he said, 'in how many weeks
do you and squire expect the consort?'

I told him it was a question, not of weeks,
but of months; that if we were not back by
the end of August, Blandly was to send to
find us; but neither sooner nor later. 'You
can calculate for yourself,' I said.

'Why, yes,' returned the captain, scratching
his head, 'and making a large allowance,
sir, for all the gifts of Providence, I should
say we were pretty close hauled.'

'How do you mean?' I asked.

'It's a pity, sir, we lost that second load.
That's what I mean,' replied the captain. 'As
for powder and shot, we'll do. But the
rations are short, very short—so short, Dr
Livesey, that we're, perhaps, as well
without that extra mouth.'

And he pointed to the dead body under the
flag.

Just then, with a roar and a whistle, a round-
shot passed high above the roof of the log-
house and plumped far beyond us in the
wood.

'Oho!' said the captain. 'Blaze away!
You've little enough powder already my
lads.'

At the second trial, the aim was better, and
the ball descended inside the stockade,
scattering a cloud of sand, but doing no
further damage.

'Captain,' said the squire, 'the house is
quite invisible from the ship. It must be the
flag they are aiming at. Would it not be wiser
to take it in?'

'Strike my colours!' cried the captain. 'No,
sir, not I;' and as soon as he had said the
words, I think we all agreed with him. For it
was not only a piece of stout, seamanly,
good feeling; it was good policy besides,
and showed our enemies that we despised
their cannonade.

All through the evening they kept thundering
away. Ball after ball flew over or fell short, or
kicked up the sand in the enclosure; but they
had to fire so high that the shot fell dead and
buried itself in the soft sand. We had no
ricochet to fear; and though one popped in
through the roof of the log-house and out
again through the floor, we soon got used to
that sort of horse-play, and minded it no
more than cricket.

'There is one thing good about all this,'
observed the captain; 'the wood in front of
us is likely clear. The ebb has made a good
while; our stores should be uncovered.
Volunteers to go and bring in pork.'

Gray and Hunter were the first to come
forward. Well armed, they stole out of the

-58-

stockade; but it proved a useless mission.
The mutineers were bolder than we
fancied, or they put more trust in Israel's
gunnery. For four or five of the were busy
carrying off our stores, and wading out with
the to one of the gigs that lay close by,
pulling an oar on so hold her steady against
the current. Silver was in the stern-sheets in
command; and every man of them was now
provided with a musket from some secret
magazine of their own.'

The captain sat down to his log, and here is
the beginning of the entry:—

'Alexander Smollett, master; David
Livesey, ship's doctor; Abraham Gray,
carpenter's mate; John Trelawney, owner;
John Hunter and Richard Joyce, owner's
servant, landsmen—being all that is left
faithful of the ship's company—with stores
for ten days at short rations, came ashore
this day, and flew British colours on the log-
house in Treasure Island. Thomas Redruth,
owner's servant landsman, shot by the
mutineers; James Hawkins, cabin-boy——'

And at the same time I was wondering over
poor Jim Hawkins's fate.

A hail on the land side.

'Somebody hailing us,' said Hunter, who
was on guard. 'Doctor! squire! captain!
Hullo, Hunter, is that you?' came the cries.

And I ran to the door in time to see Jim
Hawkins, safe and sound, come climbing
over the stockade.

Chapter XIX Narrative Resumed by Jim
Hawkins: The Garrison in the Stockade

AS soon as Benn Gunn saw the colours he
came to a halt stopped me by the arm, and
sat down.

'Now,' said he, 'there's your friends, sure
enough.'

'Far more likely it's the mutineers,' I
answered.

'That!' he cried. 'Why, in a place like this,
where nobody puts in but gen'lemen of
fortune, Silver would fly the Jolly Roger, you
don't make no doubt of that. No; that's your
friends. There's been blows, too, and I
reckon your friends has had the best of it;
and here they are ashore in the old
stockade, as was made years and years
ago by Flint. Ah, he was the man to have a
headpiece, was Flint! Barring rum, his
match were never seen. He were afraid of
none, not he; on'y Silver—Silver was that
genteel.'

'Well,' said I, 'that may be so, and so be it;
all the more reason that I should hurry on and
join my friends.'

'Nay, mate,' returned Ben, 'not you. you're
a good boy or I'm mistook; but you're on'y a
boy, all told. Now, Ben Gunn is fly. Rum
wouldn't bring me there, where you're
going—not rum wouldn't I, till I see your born
gen'leman and gets it on his word of
honour. And you won't forget my words: "A
precious sight (that's what you'll say),
precious sight more confidence"—and then
nips him.'

And he pinched me the third time with the
same air of cleverness.

'And when Ben Gunn is wanted, you know
where to find him, Jim. Just where you
found him to-day. And him that comes is to
have a white thing in his hand: and he's to
come alone. Oh! and you'll say this: "Ben
Gunn," says you, "has reasons of his own."'

'Well,' said I, 'I believe I understand. You

-59-

have something to propose, and you wish to
see the squire or the doctor; ant you're to be
found where I found you. Is that all?'

'And when? says you,' he added. 'Why,
from about noon observation to about six
bells.'

'Good,' said I, 'and now may I go?'

'You won't forget?' he inquired, anxiously.
'Precious sight, and reasons of his own,
says you. Reasons of his own; that's the
mainstay; as between man and man. Well,
then'—still holding me—'I reckon you can go,
Jim. And, Jim, if you was to see Silver, you
wouldn't go for to sell Ben Gunn? Wild
horses wouldn't draw it from you? No, says
you. And if them pirates camp ashore, Jim,
what would you say but there'd be widders
in the morning?'

Here he was interrupted by a loud report,
and a cannon-ball came tearing through the
trees and pitched in the sand, not a hundred
yards from where we two were talking. The
next moment each of us had taken to his
heels in a different direction.

For a good hour to come frequent reports
shook the island, and balls kept crashing
through the woods. I moved from hiding-
place to hiding-place, always pursued, or
so it seemed to me, by these terrifying
missiles. But towards the end of the
bombardment, though still I durst not venture
in the direction of the stockade, where the
balls fell oftenest, I had begun, in a manner,
to pluck up my heart again; and after a long
detour to the east, crept down among the
shore-side trees.

The sun had just set, the sea breeze was
rustling and tumbling in the woods, and
ruffling the grey surface of the anchorage;
the tide, too, was far out, and great tracts of

sand lay uncovered; the air, after the heat of
the day, chilled me through my jacket.

The Hispaniola still lay where she had
anchored; but, sure enough, there was the
Jolly Roger—the black flag of piracy—flying
from her peak. Even as I looked, there
came another red flash and another report,
that sent the echoes clattering, and one
more round-shot whistled through the air. It
was the last of the cannonade.

I lay for some time, watching the bustle
which succeeded the attack. Men were
demolishing something with axes on the
beach near the stockade; the poor jolly-
boat, I afterwards discovered. Away, near
the mouth of the river, a great fire was
glowing among the trees, and between that
point and the ship one of the gigs kept
coming and going, the men, whom I had
seen so gloomy, shouting at the oars like
children. But there was a sound in their
voices which suggested rum.

At length I thought I might return towards the
stockade. I was pretty far down on the low,
sandy spit that encloses the anchorage to
the east, and is joined at half-water to
Skeleton Island; and now, as I rose to my
feet, I saw, some distance further down the
spit, and rising from among low bushes, an
isolated rock, pretty high, and peculiarly
white in colour. It occurred to me that this
might be the white rock of which Ben Gunn
had spoken, and that some day or other a
boat might be wanted, and I should know
where to look for one.

Then I skirted among the woods until I had
regained the rear, or shoreward side, of the
stockade, and was soon warmly welcomed
by the faithful party.

I had soon told my story, and began to look
about me. The log-house was made of

-60-

unsquared trunks of pine-roof, walls, and
floor. The latter stood in several places as
much as a foot or a foot and a half above the
surface of the sand. There was a porch at
the door, and under this porch the little
spring welled up into an artificial basin of a
rather odd kind—no other than a great ship's
kettle of iron, with the bottom knocked out,
and sunk 'to her bearings,' as the captain
said, among the sand.

Little had been left beside the framework of
the house; but in one corner there was a
stone slab laid down by way of hearth, and
an old rusty iron basket to contain the fire.

The slopes of the knoll and all the inside of
the stockade had been cleared of timber to
build the house, and we could see by the
stumps what a fine and lofty grove had beer
destroyed. Most of the soil had been
washed away or buried in drift after the
removal of the trees; only where the
streamlet ran down from the kettle a thick
bed of moss and some ferns and little
creeping bushes were still green among the
sand. Very close around the stockade—too
close for defence, they said—the wood still
flourished high and dense, all of fir on the
land side, but towards the sea with a large
admixture of live-oaks.

The cold evening breeze, of which I have
spoken, whistled through every chink of the
rude building, and sprinkled the floor with a
continual rain of fine sand. There was sand
in our eyes, sand in our teeth, sand in our
suppers, sand dancing in the spring at the
bottom of the kettle, for all the world like
porridge beginning to boil. Our chimney
was a square hole in the roof; it was but a
little part of the smoke that found its way out,
and the rest eddied about the house, and
kept us coughing and piping the eye.

Add to this that Gray, the new man, had his

face tied up in a bandage for a cut he had
got in breaking away from the mutineers;
and that poor old Tom Redruth, still
unburied, lay along the wall, stiff and stark,
under the Union Jack.

If we had been allowed to sit idle, we should
all have fallen in the blues but Captain
Smollett was never the man for that. All
hands were called up before him, and he
divided us into watches. The doctor, and
Gray, and I, for one; the squire, Hunter, and
Joyce, upon the other. Tired though we all
were, two were sent out for firewood; two
more were set to dig a grave for Redruth;
the doctor was named cook; I was put
sentry at the door; and the captain himself
went from one to another, keeping up our
spirits and lending a hand wherever it was
wanted.

From time to time the doctor came to the
door for a little air and to rest his eyes,
which were almost smoked out of his head;
and whenever he did so, he had a word for
me.

'That man Smollett,' he said once, 'is a
better man than I am. And when I say that it
means a deal, Jim.'

Another time he came and was silent for a
while. Then he put his head on one side,
and looked at me.

'Is this Ben Gunn a man?' he asked.

'I do not know, sir,' said I. 'I am not very sure
whether he's sane.'

'If there's any doubt about the matter, he is,'
returned the doctor. 'A man who has been
three years biting his nails on a desert
island, Jim, can't expect to appear as sane
as you or me. It doesn't lie in human nature.
Was it cheese you said he had a fancy for?'

-61-

'Yes, sir, cheese,' I answered.

'Well, Jim,' says he, 'just see the good that
comes of being dainty in your food. You've
seen my snuff-box, haven't you? And you
never saw me take snuff; the reason being
that in my snuff-box I carry a piece of
Parmesan cheese—a cheese made in Italy,
very nutritious. Well, that's for Ben Gunn!'

Before supper was eaten we buried old
Tom in the sand and stood round him for a
while bareheaded in the breeze. A good
deal of firewood had been got in, but not
enough for the captain's fancy; and he
shook his head over it, and told us we 'must
get back to this to-morrow rather livelier.'
Then when we had eaten our pork, and
each had a good stiff glass of brandy grog,
the three chiefs got together in a corner to
discuss our prospects.

It appears they were at their wits' end what
to do, the store being so low that we must
have been starved into surrender long
before help came. But our best hope, it was
decided, was to kill off the buccaneers until
they either hauled down their flag or ran
away with the Hispaniola. From nineteen
they were already reduced to fifteen, two
others were wounded, and one at least—the
man shot beside the gun—severely wounded
if he were not dead. Every time we had a
crack at them, we were to take it, saving our
own lives, with the extremest care. And,
besides that, we had two able allies—rum
and the climate.

As for the first, though we were about half a
mile away, we could hear them roaring and
singing late into the night; and as for the
second, the doctor staked his wig that,
camped where they were in the marsh, and
unprovided with remedies, the half of them
would be on their backs before a week.

'So,' he added, 'if we are not all shot down
first they'll be glad to be packing in the
schooner. It's always a ship, and they can
get to buccaneering again, I suppose.'

'First ship that ever I lost,' said Captain
Smollett.

I was dead tired, as you may fancy; and
when I got to sleep which was not till after a
great deal of tossing, I slept like log of
wood.

The rest had long been up, and had already
breakfasted and increased the pile of
firewood by about half as much again,
when I was wakened by a bustle and the
sound of voices.

'Flag of truce!' I heard someone say; and
then, immediately after, with a cry of
surprise, 'Silver himself!'

And, at that, up I jumped, and, rubbing my
eyes, ran to a loophole in thewall.

Chapter XX Silver's Embassy

SURE enough, there were two men just
outside the stockade, one of them waving a
white cloth; the other, no less a person than
Silver himself, standing placidly by.

It was still quite early, and the coldest
morning that I think I ever was abroad in; a
chill that pierced into the marrow. The sky
was bright and cloudless overhead, and the
tops of the trees shone rosily in the sun. But
where Silver stood with his lieutenant all
was still in shadow, and they waded knee
deep in a low, white vapour, that had
crawled during the night out of the morass.
The chill and the vapour taken together told
a poor tale of the island. It was plainly a
damp, feverish, unhealthy spot.

-62-

'Keep indoors, men,' said the captain. 'Ten
to one this is a trick.'

Then he hailed the buccaneer.

'Who goes? Stand, or we fire.'

'Flag of truce,' cried Silver.

The captain was in the porch, keeping
himself carefully out of the way of a
treacherous shot should any be intended.
He turned and spoke to us:—

'Doctor's watch on the look out. Dr Livesey
take the north side, if you please; Jim, the
east; Gray, west. The watch below, all
hands to load muskets. Lively, men, and
careful.'

And then he turned again to the mutineers.

'And what do you want with your flag of
truce?' he cried.

This time it was the other man who replied.

'Cap'n Silver, sir, to come on board and
make terms,' he shouted.

'Cap'n Silver! Don't know him. Who's he?'
cried the captain. And we could hear him
adding to himself: 'Cap'n, is it? My heart,
and here's promotion!'

Long John answered for himself.

'Me, sir. These poor lads, have chosen me
cap'n, after your desertion, sir—laying a
particular emphasis upon the word
'desertion.' 'We're willing to submit, if we
can come to terms, and no bones about it.
All I ask is your word, Cap'n Smollett, to let
me safe and sound out of this here
stockade, and one minute to get out o' shot
before a gun is fired.'

'My man,' said Captain Smollett, 'I have not
the slightest desire to talk to you. If you wish
to talk to me, you can come, that's all. If
there's any treachery, it'll be on your side,
and the Lord help you.'

'That's enough, cap'n,' shouted Long John,
cheerily. 'A word from you's enough. I know
a gentleman, and you may lay to that.'

We could see the man who carried the flag
of truce attempting to hold Silver back. Nor
was that wonderful, seeing how cavalier
had been the captain's answer. But Silver
laughed at him aloud, and slapped him on
the back, as if the idea of alarm had been
absurd. Then he advanced to the stockade,
threw over his crutch, got a leg up, and with
great vigour and skill succeeded in
surmounting the fence and dropping safely
to the other side.

I will confess that I was far too much taken
up with what was going on to be of the
slightest use as sentry; indeed, I had
already deserted my eastern loophole, and
crept up behind the captain, who had now
seated himself on the threshold, with his
elbows on his knees, his head in his hands,
and his eyes fixed on the water, as it
bubbled out of the old iron kettle in the sand.
He was whistling to himself, 'Come,
Lasses and Lads.'

Silver had terrible hard work getting up the
knoll. What with the steepness of the incline,
the thick tree stumps, and the soft sand, he
and his crutch were as helpless as a ship in
stays. But he stuck to it like a man in silence,
and at last arrived before the captain, whom
he saluted in the handsomest style. He was
tricked out in his best; an immense blue
coat, thick with brass buttons, hung as low
as to his knees, and a fine laced hat was set
on the back of his head.

-63-

'Here you are, my man,' said the captain,
raising his head. 'You had better sit down.'

'You aint a-going to let me inside, cap'n?'
complained Long John. 'It's a main cold
morning, to be sure, sir, to sit outside upon
the sand.'

'Why, Silver,' said the captain, 'if you had
pleased to be an honest man, you might
have been sitting in your galley. It's your own
doing. You're either my ship's cook—and
then you were treated handsome—or Cap'n
Silver, a common mutineer and pirate, and
then you can go hang!'

'Well, well, cap'n,' returned the sea-cook,
sitting down as he was bidden on the sand,
'you'll have to give me a hand up again,
that's all. A sweet pretty place you have of it
here. Ah, there's Jim! The top of the
morning to you, Jim. Doctor, here's my
service. Why, there you all are together like a
happy family, in a manner of speaking.'

'If you have anything to say, my man, better
say it,' said the captain.

'Right you were, Cap'n Smollett,' replied
Silver. 'Dooty is dooty, to be sure. Well,
now, you look here, that was a good lay of
yours last night. I don't deny it was a good
lay. Some of you pretty handy with a
handspike-end. And I'll not deny neither but
what some of my people was shook—maybe
all was shook; maybe I was shook myself;
maybe that's why I'm here for terms. But you
mark me, cap'n, it won't do twice, by
thunder! We'll have to do sentry-go, and
ease off a point or so on the rum. Maybe you
think we were all a sheet in the wind's eye.
But I'll tell you I was sober; I was on'y dog
tired; and if I'd awoke a second sooner I'd
at caught you i the act, I would. He wasn't
dead when I got round to him, not he.'

'Well?' says Captain Smollett, as cool as
can be.

All that Silver said was a riddle to him, but
you would never have guessed it from his
tone. As for me, I began to have an inkling.
Ben Gunn's last words came back to my
mind. I began to suppose that he had paid
the buccaneers a visit while they all lay
drunk together round their fire, and I
reckoned up with glee that we had only
fourteen enemies to deal with.

'Well, here it is,' said Silver. 'We want that
treasure, an we'll have it—that's our point!
You would just as soon save your lives, I
reckon; and that's yours. You have a chart,
haven't you?'

'That's as may be,' replied the captain.

'Oh, well, you have, I know that,' returned
Long John. 'You needn't be so husky with a
man; there aint a particle of service in that,
and you may lay to it. What I mean is, we
want your chart. Now, I never meant you no
harm, myself.'

'That won't do with me, my man,'
interrupted the captain. 'We know exactly
what you meant to do, and we don't care;
for now, you see, you can't do it.'

And the captain looked at him calmly, and
proceeded to fill a pipe.

'If Abe Gray——' Silver broke out.

'Avast there!' cried Mr Smollett. 'Gray told
me nothing, and I asked him nothing; and
what's more I would see you and him and
this whole island blown clean out of the
water into blazes first. So there's my mind
for you, my man, on that.'

This little whiff of temper seemed to cool

-64-

Silver down. He had been growing nettled
before, but now he pulled himself together.

'Like enough,' said he. 'I would set no limits
to what gentlemen might consider
shipshape, or might not, as the case were.
And, seein' as how you are about to take a
pipe, cap'n, I'll make so free as do
likewise.'

And he filled a pipe and lighted it; and the
two men sat silently smoking for quite a
while, now looking each other in the face,
now stopping their tobacco, now leaning
forward to spit. It was as good as the play to
see them.

'Now,' resumed Silver, 'here it is. You give
us the chart to get the treasure by, and drop
shooting poor seamen, and stoving of their
heads in while asleep. You do that, and
we'll offer you a choice. Either you come
aboard along of us, once the treasure
shipped, and then I'll give you my affy-davy,
upon my word of honour, to clap you
somewhere safe ashore. Or, if that aint to
your fancy, some of my hands being rough,
and having old scores, on account of
hazing, then you can stay here, you can.
We'll divide stores with you, man for man;
and I'll give my affy-davy, as before, to
speak the first ship I sight, and send 'em
here to pick you up. Now you'll own that's
talking. Handsomer you couldn't look to get,
not you. And I hope'—raising his voice—'that
all hands in this here blockhouse will
overhaul my words, for what is spoke to one
is spoke to all.'

Captain Smollett rose from his seat, and
knocked out the ashes of his pipe in the
palm of his left hand.

'Is that all?' he asked.

'Every last word, by thunder!' answered

John. 'Refuse that, and you've seen the last
of me but musket-balls.'

'Very good,' said the captain. 'Now you'll
hear me. If you'll come up one by one,
unarmed, I'll engage to clap you all in irons,
and take you home to a fair trial in England.
If you won't my name is Alexander Smollett,
I've flown my sovereign's colours, and I'll
see you all to Davy Jones. You can't find the
treasure. You can't sail the ship—there's not
a man among you fit to sail the ship. You
can't fight us—Gray, there, got away from
five of you. Your ship's in irons, Master
Silver; you're on a lee shore, and so you'll
find. I stand here and tell you so; and they'd
the last good words you'll get from me; for,
in the name of heaven, I'll put a bullet in your
back when next I meet you. Tramp, my lad.
Bundle out of this, please, hand over hand,
and double quick.'

Silver's face was a picture; his eyes started
in his head with wrath. He shook the fire out
of his pipe.

'Give me a hand up!' he cried.

'Not I,' returned the captain.

'Who'll give me a hand up?' he roared.

Not a man among us moved. Growling the
foulest imprecations, he crawled along the
sand till he got hold of the porch and could
hoist himself again upon his crutch. Then he
spat into the spring.

'There!' he cried, 'that's what I think of ye.
Before an hour's out, I'll stove in your old
block-house like a rum puncheon. Laugh,
by thunder, laugh! Before an hour's out, ye'll
laugh upon the other side. Them that die'll
be the lucky ones.'

And with a dreadful oath he stumbled off,

-65-

ploughed down the sand, was helped
across the stockade, after four or five
failures, by the man with the flag of truce,
and disappeared in an instant afterwards
among the trees.

Chapter XXI The Attack

AS soon as Silver disappeared, the
captain, who had been closely watching
him, turned towards the interior of the
house, and found not a man of us at his post
but Gray. It was the first time we had ever
seen him angry.

'Quarters!' he roared. And then, as we all
slunk back to our places, 'Gray,' he said,
'I'll put your name in the log; you've stood by
your duty like a seaman. Mr Trelawney, I'm
surprised at you, sir. Doctor, I thought you
had worn the king's coat! If that was how
you served at Fontenoy, sir, you'd have
been better in your berth.'

The doctor's watch were all back at their
loopholes, the rest were busy loading the
spare muskets, and every one with a red
face, you may be certain, and a flea in his
ear, as the saying is.

The captain looked on for a while in silence.
Then he spoke. 'My lads,' said he, 'I've
given Silver a broadside. I pitched it in red-
hot on purpose; and before the hour's out,
as he said, we shall be boarded. We're
outnumbered, I needn't tell you that, but we
fight in shelter; and, a minute ago, I should
have said we fought with discipline. I've no
manner of doubt that we can drub them, if
you choose.'

Then he went the rounds, and saw, as he
said, that all was clear.

On the two short sides of the house, east
and west, there were only two loopholes; on

the south side where the porch was, two
again; and on the north side, five. There
was a round score of muskets for the seven
of us; the firewood had been built into four
piles—tables, you might say-one about the
middle of each side, and on each of these
tables some ammunition and four loaded
muskets were laid ready to the hand of the
defenders. In the middle, the cutlasses lay
ranged.

'Toss out the fire,' said the captain; 'the chill
is past, and we mustn't have smoke in our
eyes.'

The iron fire-basket was carried bodily out
by Mr Trelawney, and the embers
smothered among sand.

'Hawkins hasn't had his breakfast.
Hawkins, help yourself, and back to your
post to eat it,' continued Captain Smollett.
'Lively, now, my lad; you'll want it before
you've done. Hunter, serve out a round of
brandy to all hands.'

And while this was going on, the captain
completed, in his own mind, the plan of the
defence.

'Doctor, you will take the door,' he
resumed. 'See, and don't expose yourself;
keep within, and fire through the porch.
Hunter, take the east side, there. Joyce, you
stand by the west, my man. Mr Trelawney,
you are the best shot—you and Gray will take
this long north side, with the five loopholes;
it's there the danger is. If they can get up to
it, and fire in upon us through our own ports,
things would begin to look dirty. Hawkins,
neither you nor I are much account at the
shooting we'll stand by to load and bear a
hand.'

As the captain had said, the chill was past.
As soon as the sun had climbed above our

-66-

girdle of trees, it fell with all its force upon
the clearing, and drank up the vapours at
draught. Soon the sand was baking, and the
resin melting in the logs of the block-house.
Jackets and coats were flung aside; shirts
thrown open at the neck, and rolled up to the
shoulders; and we stood there, each at his
post, in a fever of heat and anxiety.

An hour passed away.

'Hang them!' said the captain. 'This is as
dull as the doldrums. Gray, whistle for a
wind.'

And just at that moment came the first news
of the attack.

'If you please, sir,' said Joyce, 'if I see
anyone am I to fire?'

'I told you so!' cried the captain.

'Thank you, sir,' returned Joyce, with the
same quiet civility.

Nothing followed for a time; but the remark
had set us all on the alert, straining ears and
eyes—the musketeers with their pieces
balanced in their hands, the captain out in
the middle of the block-house, with his
mouth very tight and frown on his face.

So some seconds passed, till suddenly
Joyce whipped up his musket and fired. The
report had scarcely died away ere it was
repeated and repeated from without in a
scattering volley, shot behind shot, like a
string of geese, from every side of the
enclosure. Several bullets struck the log-
house, but not one entered; and, as the
smoke cleared away and vanished, the
stockade and the woods around it looked
as quiet and empty as before. Not a bough
waved, not the gleam of a musket-barrel
betrayed the presence of our foes.

'Did you hit your man?' asked the captain.

'No, sir,' replied Joyce. 'I believe not, sir.'

'Next best thing to tell the truth,' muttered
Captain Smollett. 'Load his gun, Hawkins.
How many should you say there were on
your side, doctor?'

'I know precisely,' said Dr Livesey. 'Three
shots were fired on this side. I saw the three
flashes—two close together—one farther to
the west.'

'Three!' repeated the captain. 'And how
many on yours, Mr Trelawney?'

But this was not so easily answered. There
had come many from the north seven, by the
squire's computation; eight or nine,
according to Gray. From the east and west
only a single shot had been fired. It was
plain, therefore, that the attack would be
developed from the north, and that on the
other three sides we were only to be
annoyed by a show of hostilities. But
Captain Smollett made no change in his
arrangements. If the mutineers succeeded
in crossing the stockade, he argued, they
would take possession of any unprotected
loophole, and shoot us down like rats in our
own stronghold.

Nor had we much time left to us for thought.
Suddenly, with a loud huzza, a little cloud of
pirates leaped from the woods on the north
side, and ran straight on the stockade. At
the same moment, the fire was once more
opened from the woods, and a rifle-ball
sang through the doorway, and knocked the
doctor's musket into bits.

The boarders swarmed over the fence like
monkeys. Squire and Gray fired again and
yet again; three men fell, one forwards into
the enclosure, two back on the outside. But

-67-

of these, one was evidently more frightened
than hurt, for he was on his feet again in a
crack, and instantly disappeared among the
trees.

Two had bit the dust, one had fled, four had
made good their footing inside our
defences; while from the shelter of the
woods seven or eight men, each evidently
supplied with several muskets, kept up a
hot though useless fire on the log-house.

The four who had boarded made straight
before them for the building, shouting as
they ran, and the men among the trees
shouted back to encourage them. Several
shots were fired; but, such was the hurry of
the marksmen, that not one appeared to
have taken effect. In a moment, the four
pirates had swarmed up the mound and
were upon us.

The head of Job Anderson, the boatswain,
appeared at the middle loophole.

'At 'em, all hands—all hands!' he roared, in a
voice of thunder.

At the same moment, another pirate
grasped Hunter's musket by the muzzle,
wrenched it from his hands, plucked it
through the loophole, and, with one stunning
blow, laid the poor fellow senseless on the
floor. Meanwhile a third, running unharmed
all round the house, appeared suddenly in
the doorway, and fell with his cutlass on the
doctor.

Our position was utterly reversed. A
moment since we were firing, under cover,
at an exposed enemy; now it was we who
lay uncovered, and could not return a blow.

The log-house was full of smoke, to which
we owed our comparative safety. Cries and
confusion, the flashes and reports of pistol-

shots, and one loud groan, rang in my ears.

'Out, lads, out, and fight 'em in the open!
Cutlasses!' cried the captain.

I snatched a cutlass from the pile, and
someone, at the same time snatching
another, gave me a cut across the knuckles
which I hardly felt. I dashed out of the door
into the clear sunlight. Someone was close
behind, I knew not whom. Right in front, the
doctor was pursuing his assailant down the
hill, and, just as my eyes fell upon him, beat
down his guard, and sent him sprawling on
his back, with a great slash across the face.

'Round the house, lads! round the house!'
cried the captain and even in the hurly-burly I
perceived a change in his voice.

Mechanically I obeyed, turned eastwards,
and with my cutlass raised, ran round the
corner of the house. Next moment I was
face to face with Anderson. He roared
aloud, and his hanger went up above his
head, flashing in the sunlight. I had not time
to be afraid, but, as the blow still hung
impending, leaped in a trice upon one side,
and missing my foot in the soft sand, rolled
headlong down the slope.

When I had first sallied from the door, the
other mutineers had been already
swarming up the palisade to make an end
of us. One man, in a red night-cap, with his
cutlass in his mouth, had even got upon the
top and thrown a leg across. Well, so short
had been the interval, that when I found my
feet again all was in the same posture, the
fellow with the red night-cap still half-way
over, another still just showing his head
above the top of the stockade. And yet, in
this breath of time, the fight was over, and
the victory was ours.

Gray, following close behind me, had cut

-68-

down the big boatswain ere he had time to
recover from his lost blow. Another had
been shot at a loophole in the very act of
firing into the house, and now lay in agony,
the pistol still smoking in his hand. A third,
as I had seen, the doctor had disposed of at
a blow. Of the four who had scaled the
palisade, one only remained unaccounted
for, and he, having left his cutlass on the
field, was now clambering out again with
the fear of death upon him.

'Fire—fire from the house!' cried the doctor.
'And you, lads, back into cover.'

But his words were unheeded, no shot was
fired, and the last boarder made good his
escape, and disappeared with the rest into
the wood. In three seconds nothing
remained of the attacking party but the five
who had fallen, four on the inside, and one
on the outside, of the palisade.

The doctor and Gray and I ran full speed for
shelter. The survivors would soon be back
where they had left their muskets, and at
any moment the fire might recommence.

The house was by this time somewhat
cleared of smoke, and we saw at a glance
the price we had paid for victory. Hunter lay
beside his loophole, stunned; Joyce by his,
shot through the head, never to move again;
while right in the centre, the squire was
supporting the captain, one as pale as the
other.

'The captain's wounded,' said Mr
Trelawney.

'Have they run?' asked Mr Smollett.

'All that could, you may be bound,' returned
the doctor 'but there's five of them will never
run again.'

'Five!' cried the captain. 'Come, that's
better. Five against three leaves us four to
nine. That's better odds than we had at
starting. We were seven to nineteen then, or
thought we were, and that's as bad to
bear.'1

[Footnote:] 1The mutineers were soon only
eight in number, for the man shot by Mr
Trelawney on board the schooner died that
same evening of his wound. But this was, of
course, not known till after by the faithful
party.

PART V. My Sea Adventure

Chapter XXII How My Sea Adventure
Began

THERE was no return of the mutineers—not
so much as another shot out of the woods.
They had 'got their rations for that day,' as
the captain put it, and we had the place to
ourselves and a quiet time to overhaul the
wounded and get dinner. Squire and I
cooked outside in spite of the danger, and
even outside we could hardly tell what we
were at, for horror of the loud groans that
reached us from the doctor's patients.

Out of the eight men who had fallen in the
action, only three still breathed—that one of
the pirates who had been shot at the
loophole, Hunter, and Captain Smollett; and
of these the first two were as good as dead;
the mutineer, indeed, died under the
doctor's knife, and Hunter, do what we
could, never recovered consciousness in
this world. He lingered all day, breathing
loudly like the old buccaneer at home in his
apoplectic fit; but the bones of his chest had
been crushed by the blow and his skull
fractured in falling, and some time in the
following night, without sign or sound, he
went to his Maker.

-69-

As for the captain, his wounds were
grievous indeed, but not dangerous. No
organ was fatally injured. Anderson's
ball—for it was Job that shot him first—had
broken his shoulder-blade and touched the
lung, not badly; the second had only torn and
displaced some muscles in the calf. He was
sure to recover, the doctor said, but, in the
meantime and for weeks to come, he must
not walk nor move his arm, nor so much as
speak when he could help it.

My own accidental cut across the knuckles
was a flea-bite. Dr Livesey patched it up
with plaster, and pulled my ears for me into
the bargain.

After dinner the squire and the doctor sat by
the captain's side a while in consultation;
and when they had talked to their heart's
content, it being then a little past noon, the
doctor took up his hat and pistols, girt on a
cutlass, put the chart in his pocket, and with
a musket over his shoulder, crossed the
palisade on the north side, and set off
briskly through the trees.

Gray and I were sitting together at the far
end of the block-house, to be out of earshot
of our officers consulting; and Gray took his
pipe out of his mouth and fairly forgot to put
it back again, so thunderstruck he was at
this occurrence.

'Why, in the name of Davy Jones,' said he,
'is Dr Livesey mad?'

'Why, no,' says I. 'He's about the last of this
crew for that, I take it.'

'Well, shipmate,' said Gray, 'mad he may
not be; but if he's not, you mark my words, I
am.'

'I take it,' replied I, 'the doctor has his idea;
and if I am right, he's going now to see Ben

Gunn.'

I was right, as appeared later; but, in the
meantime, the house being stifling hot, and
the little patch of sand inside the palisade
ablaze with midday sun, I began to get
another thought into my head, which was
not by any means so right. What I began to
do was to envy the doctor, walking in the
cool shadow of the woods, with the birds
about him, and the pleasant smell of the
pines, while I sat grilling, with my clothes
stuck to the hot resin, and so much blood
about me, and so many poor dead bodies
lying all around, that I took a disgust of the
place that was almost as strong as fear.

All the time I was washing out the block-
house, and then washing up the things from
dinner, this disgust and envy kept growing
stronger and stronger, till at last, being near
a bread-bag, and no one then observing
me, I took the first step towards my
escapade, and filled both pockets of my
coat with biscuit.

I was a fool, if you like, and certainly I was
going to do a foolish, over-bold act; but I
was determined to do it with all the
precautions in my power. These biscuits,
should anything befall me, would keep me,
at least, from starving till far on in the next
day.

The next thing I laid hold of was a brace of
pistols, and as I already had a powder-horn
and bullets, I felt myself well supplied with
arms.

As for the scheme I had in my head, it was
not a bad one in itself. I was to go down the
sandy spit that divides the anchorage on the
east from the open sea, find the white rock I
had observed last evening, and ascertain
whether it was there or not that Ben Gunn
had hidden his boat; a thing quite worth

-70-

doing, as I still believe. But as I was certain I
should not be allowed to leave the
enclosure, my only plan was to take French
leave, and slip out when nobody was
watching; and that was so bad a way of
doing it as made the thing itself wrong. But I
was only a boy, and I had made my mind up.

Well, as things at last fell out, I found an
admirable opportunity. The squire and Gray
were busy helping the captain with his
bandages; the coast was clear; I made a
bolt for it over the stockade and into the
thickest of the trees, and before my
absence was observed I was out of cry of
my companions.

This was my second folly, far worse than the
first, as I left but two sound men to guard the
house; but like the first, it was a help
towards saving all of us.

I took my way straight for the east coast of
the island, for I was determined to go down
the sea side of the spit to avoid all chance of
observation from the anchorage. It was
already late in the afternoon, although still
warm and sunny. As I continued to thread
the tall woods I could hear from far before
me not only the continuous thunder of the
surf, but a certain tossing of foliage and
grinding of boughs which showed me the
sea breeze had set in higher than usual.
Soon cool draughts of air began to reach
me; and a few steps farther I came forth into
the open borders of the grove, and saw the
sea lying blue and sunny to the horizon, and
the surf tumbling and tossing its foam along
the beach.

I have never seen the sea quiet round
Treasure Island. The sun might blaze
overhead, the air be without a breath, the
surface smooth and blue, but still these
great rollers would be running along all the
external coast, thundering and thundering

by day and night; and I scarce believe there
is one spot in the island where a man would
be out of earshot of their noise.

I walked along beside the surf with great
enjoyment, till, thinking I was now got far
enough to the south, I took the cover of
some thick bushes, and crept warily up to
the ridge of the spit.

Behind me was the sea, in front the
anchorage. The sea breeze, as though it
had the sooner blown itself out by its
unusual violence, was already at an end; it
had been succeeded by light, variable airs
from the south and south-east, carrying
great banks of fog; and the anchorage,
under lee of Skeleton Island, lay still and
leaden as when first we entered it. The
Hispaniola, in that unbroken mirror, was
exactly portrayed from the truck to the water
line, the Jolly Roger hanging from her peak.

Alongside lay one of the gigs, Silver in the
stern-sheets—him I could always
recognise—while a couple of men were
leaning over the stern bulwarks, one of them
with a red cap—the very rogue that I had seen
some hours before stride-legs upon the
palisade. Apparently they were talking and
laughing, though at that distance—upwards
of a mile—I could, of course, hear no word of
what was said. All at once, there began the
most horrid, unearthly screaming, which at
first startled me badly, though I had soon
remembered the voice of Captain Flint, and
even thought I could make out the bird by her
bright plumage as she sat perched upon her
master's wrist.

Soon after the jolly-boat shoved off and
pulled for shore, and the man with the red
cap and his comrade went below by the
cabin companion.

Just about the same time the sun had gone

-71-

down behind the Spy-glass, and as the fog
was collecting rapidly, it began to grow dark
in earnest. I saw I must lose no time if I were
to find the boat that evening.

The white rock, visible enough above the
brush, was still some eighth of a mile further
down the spit, and it took me a goodish
while to get up with it, crawling, often on all-
fours, among the scrub. Night had almost
come when I laid my hand on its rough
sides. Right below it there was an
exceedingly small hollow of green turf,
hidden by banks and a thick underwood
about knee-deep, that grew there very
plentifully; and in the centre of the dell, sure
enough, a little tent of goatskins, like what
the gipsies carry about with them in
England.

I dropped into the hollow, lifted the side of
the tent, and there was Ben Gunn's
boat—home-made if ever anything was
home-made: a rude, lop-sided framework
of tough wood, and stretched upon that a
covering of goat-skin, with the hair inside.
The thing was extremely small, even for me,
and I can hardly imagine that it could have
floated with a full-sized man. There was
one thwart set as low as possible, a kind of
stretcher in the bows, and a double paddle
for propulsion.

I had not then seen a coracle, such as the
ancient Britons made, but I have seen one
since, and I can give you no fairer idea of
Ben Gunn's boat than by saying it was like
the first and the worst coracle ever made by
man. But the great advantage of the coracle
it certainly possessed, for it was
exceedingly light and portable.

Well, now that I had found the boat, you
would have thought I had had enough of
truantry for once; but, in the meantime, I had
taken another notion, and became so

obstinately fond of it, that I would have
carried it out, I believe, in the teeth of
Captain Smollett himself. This was to slip
out under cover of the night, cut the
Hispaniola adrift, and let her go ashore
where she fancied. I had quite made up my
mind that the mutineers, after their repulse
of the morning, had nothing nearer their
hearts than to up anchor and away to sea;
this, I thought, it would be a fine thing to
prevent, and now that I had seen how they
left their watchmen unprovided with a boat, I
thought it might be done with little risk.

Down I sat to wait for darkness, and made a
hearty meal of biscuit. It was a night out of
ten thousand for my purpose. The fog had
now buried all heaven. As the last rays of
daylight dwindled and disappeared,
absolute blackness settled down on
Treasure Island. And when, at last, I
shouldered the coracle, and groped my way
stumblingly out of the hollow where I had
supped, there were but two points visible on
the whole anchorage.

One was the great fire on shore, by which
the defeated pirates lay carousing in the
swamp. The other, a mere blur of light upon
the darkness, indicated the position of the
anchored ship. She had swung round to the
ebb her bow was now towards me—the only
lights on board were in the cabin; and what I
saw was merely a reflection on the fog of
the strong rays that flowed from the stern
window.

The ebb had already run some time, and I
had to wade through a long belt of swampy
sand, where I sank several times above the
ankle, before I came to the edge of the
retreating water, and wading a little way in,
with some strength and dexterity, set my
coracle, keel downwards, on the surface.

Chapter XXIII The Ebb-Tide Runs

-72-

THE coracle—as I had ample reason to know
before I was done with her—was a very safe
boat for a person of my height and weight,
both buoyant and clever in a seaway; but
she was the most cross-grained lop-sided
craft to manage. Do as you please, she
always made more leeway than anything
else, and turning round and round was the
manoeuvre she was best at. Even Ben
Gunn himself has admitted that she was
'queer to handle till you knew her way.'

Certainly I did not know her way. She turned
in every direction but the one I was bound to
go; the most part of the time we were
broadside on, and I am very sure I never
should have made the ship at all but for the
tide. By good fortune, paddle as I pleased,
the tide was still sweeping me down; and
there lay the Hispaniola right in the fairway,
hardly to be missed.

First she loomed before me like a blot of
something yet blacker than darkness, then
her spars and hull began to take shape, and
the next moment, as it seemed (for, the
further I went, the brisker grew the current of
the ebb), I was alongside of her hawser,
and had laid hold.

The hawser was as taut as a bowstring, and
the current so strong she pulled upon her
anchor. All round the hull, in the blackness,
the rippling current bubbled and chattered
like a little mountain stream. One cut with my
sea-gully, and the Hispaniola would go
humming down the tide.

So far so good; but it next occurred to my
recollection that a taut hawser, suddenly
cut, is a thing as dangerous as a kicking
horse. Ten to one, if I were so foolhardy as
to cut the Hispaniola from her anchor, I and
the coracle would be knocked clean out of
the water.

This brought me to a full stop, and if fortune
had not again particularly favoured me, I
should have had to abandon my design. But
the light airs which had begun blowing from
the south-east and south had hauled round
after nightfall into the south-west. Just while
I was meditating, a puff came, caught the
Hispaniola, and forced her up into the
current; and to my great joy, I felt the hawser
slacken in my grasp, and the hand by which I
held it dip for a second under water.

With that I made my mind up, took out my
gully, opened it with my teeth, and cut one
strand after another, till the vessel swung
only by two. Then I lay quiet, waiting to sever
these last when the strain should be once
more lightened by a breath of wind.

All this time I had heard the sound of loud
voices from the cabin; but, to say truth, my
mind had been so entirely take up with other
thoughts that I had scarcely given ear. Now,
however, when I had nothing else to do, I
began to pay more heed.

One I recognised for the coxswain's, Israel
Hands, that had been Flint's gunner in
former days. The other was, of course, my
friend of the red night-cap. Both men were
plainly the worse of drink, and they were still
drinking; for, even while I was listening, one
of them, with a drunken cry, opened the
stern window and threw out something,
which I divined to be an empty bottle. But
they were not only tipsy; it was plain that
they were furiously angry. Oaths flew like
hailstones, and every now and then there
came forth such an explosion as I thought
was sure to end in blows. But each time the
quarrel passed off, and the voices
grumbled lower for a while, until the next
crisis came, and, in its turn, passed away
without result.

On shore, I could see the glow of the great

-73-

camp fire burning warmly through the shore-
side trees. Someone was singing, a dull,
old, droning sailor's song, with a droop and
a quaver at the end of every verse, and
seemingly no end to it at all but the patience
of the singer. I had heard it on the voyage
more than once, and remembered these
words:—

'But one man of her crew alive,

What put to sea with seventy-five.'

And I thought it was a ditty rather too
dolefully appropriate for a company that had
met such cruel losses in the morning. But,
indeed, from what I saw, all these
buccaneers were as callous as the sea they
sailed on.

At last the breeze came; the schooner
sidled and drew nearer in the dark; I felt the
hawser slacken once more, and with a
good, tough effort, cut the last fibres
through.

The breeze had but little action on the
coracle, and I was almost instantly swept
against the bows of the Hispaniola. At the
same time the schooner began to turn upon
her heel, spinning slowly, end for end,
across the current.

I wrought like a fiend, for I expected every
moment to be swamped; and since I found I
could not push the coracle directly off, I now
shoved straight astern. At length I was clear
of my dangerous neighbour; and just as I
gave the last impulsion, my hands came
across a light cord that was trailing
overboard across the stern bulwarks.
Instantly I grasped it.

Why I should have done so I can hardly say. It
was at first mere instinct; but once I had it in
my hands and found it fast, curiosity began

to get the upper hand, and I determined I
should have one look through the cabin
window.

I pulled in hand over hand on the cord, and,
when I judged myself near enough, rose at
infinite risk to about half my height, and thus
commanded the roof and a slice of the
interior of the cabin.

By this time the schooner and her little
consort were gliding pretty swiftly through
the water; indeed, we had already fetched
up level with the camp fire. The ship was
talking, as sailors say, loudly, treading the
innumerable ripples with an incessant
weltering splash; and until I got my eye
above the window-sill I could not
comprehend why the watchmen had taken
no alarm. One glance, however, was
sufficient; and it was only one glance that I
durst take from that unsteady skiff. It
showed me Hands and his companion
locked together in deadly wrestle, each with
a hand upon the other's throat.

I dropped upon the thwart again, none too
soon, for I was near overboard. I could see
nothing for the moment but these two
furious, encrimsoned faces, swaying
together under the smoky lamp; and I shut
my eyes to let them grow once more familiar
with the darkness.

The endless ballad had come to an end at
last, and the whole diminished company
about the camp fire had broken into the
chorus I had heard so often:—

'Fifteen men on the dead man's chest—

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!

Drink and the devil had done for the rest—

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!'

-74-

I was just thinking how busy drink and the
devil were at that very moment in the cabin
of the Hispaniola, where I was surprised by
a sudden lurch of the coracle. At the same
moment she yawed sharply and seemed to
change her course. The speed in the
meantime had strangely increased.

I opened my eyes at once. All round me
were little ripples, combing over with a
sharp, bristling sound and slightly
phosphorescent. The Hispaniola herself, a
few yards in whose wake I was still being
whirled along, seemed to stagger in her
course, and I saw her spars toss a little
against the blackness of the night; nay, as I
looked longer, I made sure she also was
wheeling to the southward.

I glanced over my shoulder, and my heart
jumped against my ribs. There, right behind
me, was the glow of the camp fire. The
current had turned at right angles, sweeping
round along with it the tall schooner and the
little dancing coracle; ver quickening, ever
bubbling higher, ever muttering louder, it
went pinning through the narrows for the
open sea.

Suddenly the schooner in front of me gave a
violent yaw, turning, perhaps, through
twenty degrees; and almost at the same
moment one shout followed another from on
board; I could hear feet pounding on the
companion ladder; and I knew that the two
drunkards had at last been interrupted in
their quarrel and awakened to a sense of
their disaster.

I lay down flat in the bottom of that wretched
skiff, and devoutly recommended my spirit
to its Maker. At the end of the straits, I made
sure we must fall into some bar of raging
breakers, where all my troubles would be
ended speedily; and though I could,
perhaps, bear to die, I could not bear to look

upon my fate as it approached.

So I must have lain for hours, continually
beaten to and fro upon the billows, now and
again wetted with flying sprays, and never
ceasing to expect death at the next plunge.
Gradually weariness grew upon me; a
numbness, an occasional stupor, fell upon
my mind even in the midst of my terrors; until
sleep at last supervened, and in my sea-
tossed coracle I lay and dreamed of home
and the old 'Admiral Benbow.'

Chapter XXIV The Cruise of the Coracle

IT was broad day when I awoke, and found
myself tossing at the south-west end of
Treasure Island. The sun was up, but was
still hid from me behind the great bulk of the
Spy-glass, which on this side descended
almost to the sea in formidable cliffs.

Haulbowline Head and Mizzen-mast Hill
were at my elbow; the hill bare and dark, the
head bound with cliffs forty or fifty feet high,
and fringed with great masses of fallen
rock. I was scarce a quarter of a mile to
seaward, and it was my first thought to
paddle in and land.

That notion was soon given over. Among
the fallen rocks the breakers spouted and
bellowed; loud reverberations, heavy
sprays flying and falling, succeeded one
another from second to second; and I saw
myself, if I ventured nearer, dashed to death
upon the rough shore, or spending my
strength in vain to scale the beetling crags.

Nor was that all; for crawling together on flat
tables of rocks or letting themselves drop
into the sea with loud reports, I beheld huge
slimy monsters—soft snails as it were, of
incredible bigness—two or three score of
them together, making the rocks to echo
with their barkings.

-75-

I have understood since that they were sea
lions, and entirely harmless. But the look of
them, added to the difficulty of the shore
and the high running of the surf, was more
than enough to disgust me of that landing-
place. I felt willing rather to starve at sea
than to confront such perils.

In the meantime I had a better chance, as I
supposed, before me. North of Haulbowline
Head, the land runs in a long way, leaving,
at low tide, a long stretch of yellow sand. To
the north of that, again, there comes
another cape—Cape of the Woods, as it was
marked upon the chart—buried in tall green
pines, which descended to the margin of
the sea.

I remembered what Silver had said about
the current that sets northward along the
whole west coast of Treasure Island; and
seeing from my position that I was already
under its influence, I preferred to leave
Haulbowline Head behind me, and reserve
my strength for an attempt to land upon the
kindlier-looking Cape of the Woods.

There was a great, smooth swell upon the
sea. The wind blowing steady and gentle
from the south, there was no contrariety
between that and the current, and the
billows rose and fell unbroken.

Had it been otherwise, I must long ago have
perished; but as it was, it is surprising how
easily and securely my little and light boat
could ride. Often, as I still lay at the bottom,
and kept no more than an eye above the
gunwale, I would see a big blue summit
heaving close above me; yet the coracle
would but bounce a little, dance as if on
springs, and subside on the other side into
the trough as lightly as a bird.

I began after a little to grow very bold, and
sat up to try my skill at paddling. But even a

small change in the disposition of the
weight will produce violent changes in the
behaviour of a coracle. And I had hardly
moved before the boat, giving up at once
her gentle dancing movement, ran straight
down a slope of water so steep that it made
me giddy, and struck her nose, with a spout
of spray, deep into the side of the next
wave.

I was drenched and terrified, and fell
instantly back into my old position,
whereupon the coracle seemed to find her
head again, and led me as softly as before
among the billows. It was plain she was not
to be interfered with, and at that rate, since I
could in no way influence her course, what
hope had I left of reaching land?

I began to be horribly frightened, but I kept
my head, for all that. First, moving with all
care, I gradually baled out the coracle with
my sea-cap; then getting my eye once more
above the gunwale, I set myself to study
how it was she managed to slip so quietly
through the rollers.

I found each wave, instead of the big,
smooth glossy mountain it looks from shore,
or from a vessel's deck, was for all the
world like any range of hills on the dry land,
full of peaks and smooth places and valleys.
The coracle, left to herself, turning from side
to side, threaded, so to speak, her way
through these lower parts, and avoided the
steep slopes and higher, toppling summits
of the wave.

'Well, now,' thought I to myself, 'it is plain I
must lie where I am, and not disturb the
balance; but it is plain, also, that I can put
the paddle over the side, and from time to
time, in smooth places, give her a shove or
two towards land.' No sooner thought upon
than done. There I lay on my elbows, in the
most trying attitude, and every now and

-76-

again gave a weak stroke or two to turn her
head to shore.

It was very tiring, and slow work, yet I did
visibly gain ground; and, as we drew near
the Cape of the Woods, though I saw I must
infallibly miss that point, I had still made
some hundred yards of easting. I was,
indeed, close in. I could see the cool, green
tree-tops swaying together in the breeze,
and I felt sure I should make the next
promontory without fail.

It was high time, for I now began to be
tortured with thirst. The glow of the sun from
above, its thousandfold reflection from the
waves, the seawater that fell and dried
upon me caking my very lips with salt,
combined to make my throat burn and my
brain ache. The sight of the trees so near at
hand had almost made me sick with
longing; but the current had soon carried me
past the point; and, as the next reach of sea
opened out, I beheld a sight that changed
the nature of my thoughts.

Right in front of me, not half a mile away, I
beheld the Hispaniola under sail. I made
sure, of course, that I should be taken; but I
was so distressed for want of water, that I
scarce knew whether to be glad or sorry at
the thought; and long before I had come to a
conclusion, surprise had taken entire
possession of my mind, and I could do
nothing but stare and wonder.

The Hispaniola was under her main-sail
and two jibs, and the beautiful white canvas
shone in the sun like snow or silver, When I
first sighted her, all her sails were drawing;
she was lying a course about north-west;
and I presumed the men on board were
going round the island on their way back to
the anchorage. Presently she began to fetch
more and more to the westward, so that I
thought they had sighted me and were

going about in chase. At last, however, she
fell right into the wind's eye, was taken
dead aback, and stood there a while
helpless, with her sails shivering.

'Clumsy fellows,' said I; 'they must still be
drunk as owls.' And I thought how Captain
Smollett would have set them skipping.

Meanwhile, the schooner gradually fell off,
and filled again upon another tack, sailed
swiftly for a minute or so, and brought up
once more dead in the wind's eye. Again
and again was this repeated. To and fro, up
and down, north, south, east, and west, the
Hispaniola sailed by swoops and dashes,
and at each repetition ended as she had
begun, with idly-flapping canvas. It became
plain to me that nobody was steering. And,
if so, where were the men? Either they were
dead drunk, or had deserted her, I thought,
and perhaps if I could get on board, I might
return the vessel to her captain.

The current was bearing coracle and
schooner southward at an equal rate. As for
the latter's sailing, it was so wild and
intermittent, and she hung each time so long
in irons, that she certainly gained nothing, if
she did not even lose. If only I dared to sit up
and paddle, I made sure that I could
overhaul her. The scheme had an air of
adventure that inspired me, and the thought
of the water-breaker beside the fore
companion doubled my growing courage.

Up I got, was welcomed almost instantly by
another cloud of spray, but this time stuck to
my purpose; and set myself, with all my
strength and caution, to paddle after the
unsteered Hispaniola. Once I shipped a sea
so heavy that I had to stop and bale, with my
heart fluttering like a bird; but gradually I got
into the way of the thing, and guided my
coracle among the waves, with only now
and then a blow upon her bows and a dash

-77-

of foam in my face.

I was now gaining rapidly on the schooner; I
could see the brass glisten on the tiller as it
banged about; and still no soul appeared
upon her decks. I could not choose but
suppose she was deserted. If not, the men
were lying drunk below, where I might
batten them down, perhaps, and do what I
chose with the ship.

For some time she had been doing the
worst thing possible for me—standing still.
She headed nearly due south, yawing, of
course, all the time. Each time she fell off
her sails partly filled, and these brought her,
in a moment, right to the wind again. I have
said this was the worst thing possible for
me; for helpless as she looked in this
situation, with the canvas cracking like
cannon, and the blocks trundling and
banging on the deck, she still continued to
run away from me, not only with the speed
of the current, but by the whole amount of
her leeway, which was naturally great.

But now, at last, I had my chance. The
breeze fell, for some seconds, very low,
and the current gradually turning her, the
Hispaniola revolved slowly round her
centre, and at last presented me her stern,
with the cabin window still gaping open,
and the lamp over the table still burning on
into the day. The main-sail hung drooped
like a banner. She was stock-still, but for
the current.

For the last little while I had even lost; but
now, redoubling my efforts, I began once
more to overhaul the chase.

I was not a hundred yards from her when the
wind came again in a clap; she filled on the
port tack, and was off again, stooping and
skimming like a swallow.

My first impulse was one of despair, but my
second was towards joy. Round she came,
till she was broadside on to me—round still till
she had covered a half, and then two-
thirds, and then three-quarters of the
distance that separated us. I could see the
waves boiling white under her forefoot.
Immensely tall she looked to me from my
low station in the coracle.

And then, of a sudden, I began to
comprehend. I had scarce time to
think—scarce time to act and save myself. I
was on the summit of one swell when the
schooner came stooping over the next. The
bowsprit was over my head. I sprang to my
feet, and leaped, stamping the coracle
under water. With one hand I caught the jib-
boom, while my foot was lodged between
the stay and the brace; and as I still clung
there panting, a dull blow told me that the
schooner had charged down upon and
struck the coracle, and that I was left without
retreat on the Hispaniola.

Chapter XXV I Strike the Jolly Roger

I HAD scarce gained a position on the
bowsprit, when the flying jib flapped and
filled upon the other tack, with a report like a
gun. The schooner trembled to her keel
under the reverse; but next moment, the
other sails still drawing, the jib flapped
back again, and hung idle.

This had nearly tossed me off into the sea;
and now I lost no time, crawled back along
the bowsprit, and tumbled head foremost
on the deck.

I was on the lee-side of the forecastle, and
the main-sail, which was still drawing,
concealed from me a certain portion of the
after-deck. Not a soul was to be seen. The
planks, which had not been swabbed since
the mutiny, bore the print of many feet; and

-78-

an empty bottle, broken by the neck,
tumbled to and fro like a live thing in the
scuppers.

Suddenly the Hispaniola came right into the
wind. The jibs behind me cracked aloud;
the rudder slammed to; the whole ship gave
a sickening heave and shudder, and at the
same moment the main-boom swung
inboard, the sheet groaning in the blocks,
and showed me the lee after-deck.

There were the two watchmen, sure
enough: red-cap on his back, as stiff as a
handspike, with his arms stretched out like
those of a crucifix, and his teeth showing
through his open lips; Israel Hands propped
against the bulwarks, his chin on his chest,
his hands lying open before him on the
deck, his face as white, under its tan, as a
tallow candle.

For a while the ship kept bucking and
sidling like a vicious horse, the sails filling,
now on one tack, now on another, and the
boom swinging to and fro till the mast
groaned aloud under the strain. Now and
again, too, there would come a cloud of
light sprays over the bulwark, and a heavy
blow of the ship's bows against the swell:
so much heavier weather was made of it by
this great rigged ship than by my
homemade, lop-sided coracle, now gone
to the bottom of the sea.

At every jump of the schooner, red-cap
slipped to and fro; but—what was ghastly to
behold—neither his attitude nor his fixed
teeth-disclosing grin was anyway disturbed
by this rough usage. At every jump, too,
Hands appeared still more to sink into
himself and settle down upon the deck, his
feet sliding ever the farther out, and the
whole body canting towards the stern, so
that his face became, little by little, hid from
me; and at last I could see nothing beyond

his ear and the frayed ringlet of one
whisker.

At the same time, I observed around both of
them, splashes of dark blood upon the
planks, and began to feel sure that they had
killed each other in their drunken wrath.

While I was thus looking and wondering, in a
calm moment, when the ship was still, Israel
Hands turned partly round, and, with a low
moan, writhed himself back to the position
in which I had seen him first. The moan,
which told of pain and deadly weakness,
and the way in which his jaw hung open,
went right to my heart. But when I
remembered the talk I had overheard from
the apple barrel, all pity left me.

I walked aft until I reached the mainmast.

'Come aboard, Mr Hands,' I said ironically.

He rolled his eyes round heavily; but he was
too far gone to express surprise. All he
could do was to utter one word, 'Brandy.'

It occurred to me there was no time to lose;
and, dodging the boom as it once more
lurched across the deck, I slipped aft, and
down the companion-stairs into the cabin.

It was such a scene of confusion as you can
hardly fancy. All the lock-fast places had
been broken open in quest of the chart. The
floor was thick with mud, where ruffians had
sat down to drink or consult after wading in
the marshes round their camp. The
bulkheads, all painted in clear white, and
beaded round with gilt, bore a pattern of
dirty hands. Dozens of empty bottles clinked
together in corners to the rolling of the ship.
One of the doctor's medical books lay open
on the table, half of the leaves gutted out, I
suppose, for pipelights. In the midst of all
this the lamp still cast a smoky glow,

-79-

obscure and brown as umber.

I went into the cellar; all the barrels were
gone, and of the bottles a most surprising
number had been drunk out and thrown
away. Certainly, since the mutiny began, not
a man of them could ever have been sober.

Foraging about, I found a bottle with some
brandy left, for Hands; and for myself I
routed out some biscuits, some pickled
fruits, a great bunch of raisins, and a piece
of cheese. With these I came on deck, put
down my own stock behind the rudder-
head, and well out of the coxswain's reach,
went forward to the water-breaker, and had
a good, deep drink of water, and then, and
not till then, gave Hands the brandy.

He must have drunk a gill before he took the
bottle from his mouth.

'Aye,' said he, 'by thunder, but I wanted
some o' that!'

I had sat down already in my own corner and
begun to eat.

'Much hurt?' I asked him.

He grunted, or, rather I might say, he
barked.

'If that doctor was aboard,' he said, 'I'd be
right enough in a couple of turns; but I don't
have no manner of luck, you see, and that's
what's the matter with me. As for that swab,
he's good and dead, he is,' he added,
indicating the man with the red cap. 'He
warn't no seaman, anyhow. And where
mought you have come from?'

'Well,' said I, 'I've come aboard to take
possession of this ship, Mr Hands; and
you'll please regard me as your captain until
further notice.'

He looked at me sourly enough, but said
nothing. Some of the colour had come back
into his cheeks, though he still looked very
sick, and still continued to slip out and settle
down as the ship banged about.

'By-the-bye,' I continued, 'I can't have
these colours, Mr Hands; and, by your
leave, I'll strike 'em. Better none than
these.'

And, again dodging the boom, I ran to the
colour lines, handed down their cursed
black flag, and chucked it overboard.

'God save the king!' said I, wavkng my cap;
'and there's an end to Captain Silver!'

He watched me keenly and slyly, his chin all
the while on his breast.

'I reckon,' he said at last—'I reckon, Cap'n
Hawkins, you'll kind of want to get ashore,
now. S'pose we talks.'

'Why, yes,' says I, 'with all my heart, Mr
Hands. Say on.' And I went back to my meal
with a good appetite.

'This man,' he began, nodding feebly at the
corpse—'O'Brien were his name—a rank
Irelander—this man and me got the canvas on
her, meaning for to sail her back. Well, he's
dead now, he is—as dead as bilge; and
who's to sail this ship, I don't see. Without I
gives you a hint, you aint that man, as far's I
can tell. Now, look here, you gives me food
and drink, and a old scarf or ankecher to tie
my wound up, you do; and I'll tell you how to
sail her; and that's about square all round, I
take it.'

'I'll tell you one thing,' says I: 'I'm not going
back to Captain Kidd's anchorage. I mean
to get into North Inlet, and beach her quietly
there.'

-80-

'To be sure you did,' he cried. 'Why, I aint
sich an infernal lubber, after all. I can see,
can't I? I've tried my fling, I have, and I've
lost, and it's you has the wind of me. North
Inlet? Why, I haven't no ch'ice, not I! I'd help
you sail her up to Execution Dock, by
thunder! so I would.'

Well, as it seemed to me, there was some
sense in this. We struck our bargain on the
spot. In three minutes I had the Hispaniola
sailing easily before the wind along the
coast of Treasure Island, with good hopes
of turning the northern point ere noon, and
beating down again as far as North Inlet
before high water, when we might beach
her safely, and wait till the subsiding tide
permitted us to land.

Then I lashed the tiller and went below to my
own chest, where I got a soft silk
handkerchief of my mother's. With this, and
with my aid, Hands bound up the great
bleeding stab he had received in the thigh,
and after he had eaten a little and had a
swallow or two more of the brandy, he
began to pick up visibly, sat straighter up,
spoke louder and clearer, and looked in
every way another man.

The breeze served us admirably. We
skimmed before it like a bird, the coast of
the island flashing by, and the view
changing every minute. Soon we were past
the high lands and bowling beside low,
sandy country, sparsely dotted with dwarf
pines, and soon we were beyond that
again, and had turned the corner of the
rocky hill that ends the island on the north.

I was greatly elated with my new command,
and pleased with the bright, sunshiny
weather and these different prospects of
the coast. I had now plenty of water and
good things to eat, and my conscience,
which had smitten me hard for my

desertion, was quieted by the great
conquest I had made. I should, I think, have
had nothing left me to desire but for the eyes
of the coxswain as they followed me
derisively about the deck, and the odd smile
that appeared continually on his face. It was
a smile that had in it something both of pain
and weakness—a haggard, old man's smile;
but there was, besides that, a grain of
derision, a shadow of treachery, in his
expression as he craftily watched, and
watched, and watched me at my work.

Chapter XXVI Israel Hands

THE wind, serving us to a desire, now
hauled into the west. We could run so much
the easier from the north-east corner of the
island to the mouth of the North Inlet. Only,
as we had no power to anchor, and dared
not beach her till the tide had flowed a good
deal farther, time hung on our hands. The
coxswain told me how to lay the ship to;
after a good many trials I succeeded, and
we both sat in silence, over another meal.

'Cap'n,' said he, at length, with that same
uncomfortable smile, 'here's my old
shipmate, O'Brien; s'pose you was to
heave him overboard. I ain't partic'lar as a
rule, and I don't take no blame for settling
his hash; but I don't reckon him ornamental,
now, do you?'

'I'm not strong enough, and I don't like the
job; and there he lies, for me,' said I.

'This here's an unlucky ship—this Hispaniola,
Jim,' he went on, blinking. 'There's a power
of men been killed in this Hispaniola—a sight
o' poor seamen dead and gone since you
and me took ship to Bristol. I never seen
sich dirty luck, not I. There was this here
O'Brien, now—he's dead, aint he? Well,
now, I'm no scholar, and you're a lad as can
read an figure; and, to put it straight, do you

-81-

take it as a dead man is dead for good, or
do he come alive again?'

'You can kill the body, Mr Hands, but not the
spirit; you must know that already,' I replied.
'O'Brien there is in another world, and
maybe watching us.'

'Ah!' says he. 'Well, that's
unfort'nate—appears — if killing parties was a
waste of time. Howsomever, sperrits don't
reckon for much, by what I've seen. I'll
chance it with the sperrits, Jim. And now,
you've spoke up free, and I'll take it kind if
you'd step down into that there cabin and
get me a—well, a—shiver my timbers! I can't
hit the name on't; well, you get me a bottle
of wine, Jim—this here brandy's too strong
for my head.'

Now, the coxswain's hesitation seemed to
be unnatural; and as for the notion of his
preferring wine to brandy, I entirely
disbelieved it. The whole story was a
pretext. He wanted me to leave the deck—so
much was plain; but with what purpose I
could in no way imagine. His eyes never
met mine; they kept wandering to and fro,
up and down, now with a look to the sky,
now with a flitting glance upon the dead
O'Brien. All the time he kept smiling, and
putting his tongue out in the most guilty,
embarrassed manner, so that a child could
have told that he was bent on some
deception. I was prompt with my answer,
however, for I saw where my advantage lay;
and that with a fellow so densely stupid I
could easily conceal my suspicions to the
end.

'Some wine?' I said. 'Far better. Will you
have white or red?'

'Well, I reckon it's about the blessed same
to me, shipmate,' he replied; 'so it's strong,
and plenty of it, what's the odds?'

'All right,' I answered. 'I'll bring you port, Mr
Hands. But I'll have to dig for it.'

With that I scuttled down the companion with
all the noise I could, slipped off my shoes,
ran quietly along the sparred gallery,
mounted the forecastle ladder, and popped
my head out of the fore companion. I knew
he would not expect to see me there; yet I
took every precaution possible; and
certainly the worst of my suspicions proved
too true.

He had risen from his position to his hands
and knees; and, though his leg obviously
hurt him pretty sharply when he moved—for I
could hear him stifle a groan—yet it was at a
good, rattling rate that he trailed himself
across the deck. In half a minute he had
reached the port scuppers, and picked, out
of a coil of rope, a long knife, or rather a
short dirk, discoloured to the hilt with blood.
He looked upon it for a moment, thrusting
forth his under jaw, tried the point upon his
hand, and then, hastily concealing it in the
bosom of his jacket, trundled back again
into his old place against the bulwark.

This was all that I required to know. Israel
could move about; he was now armed; and
if he had been at so much trouble to get rid
of. me, it was plain that I was meant to be
the victim. What he would do
afterwards—whether he would try to crawl
right across the island from North Inlet to the
camp among the swamps' or whether he
would fire Long Tom, trusting that his own
comrades might come first to help him,
was, of course, more than I could say.

Yet I felt sure that I could trust him in one
point, since in that our interests jumped
together, and that was in the disposition of
the schooner. We both desired to have he
stranded safe enough, in a sheltered place,
and so that, when the time came, she could

-82-

be got off again with as little labour and
danger as might be; and until that was done
I considered that my life would certainly be
spared.

While I was thus turning the business over in
my mind, I had not been idle with my body. I
had stolen back to the cabin, slipped once
more into my shoes and laid my hand at
random on a bottle of wine, and now, with
this for an excuse, I made my reappearance
on the deck.

Hands lay as I had left him, all fallen together
in a bundle, and with his eyelids lowered, as
though he were too weak to bear the light.
He looked up, however, at my coming,
knocked the neck off the bottle, like a man
who had done the same thing often, and
took a good swig, with his favourite toast of
'Here's luck!' Then he lay quiet for a little,
and then, pulling out a stick of tobacco,
begged me to cut him a quid.

'Cut me a junk o' that,' says he, 'for I
haven't no knife, and hardly strength
enough, so be as I had. Ah, Jim, Jim, I
reckon I've missed stays! Cut me a quid, as
'll likely be the last, lad; for I'm for my long
home, and no mistake.'

'Well,' said I, 'I'll cut you some tobacco; but
if I was you and thought myself so badly, I
would go to my prayers, like a Christian
man.'

'Why?' said he. 'Now, you tell me why.'

'Why?' I cried. 'You were asking me just
now about the dead. You've broken your
trust; you've lived in sin and lies and blood;
there's a man you killed lying at your feet
this moment; and you ask me why! For
God's mercy, Mr Hands, that's why.'

I spoke with a little heat, thinking of the

bloody dirk he had hidden in his pocket, and
designed, in his ill thoughts, to end me with.
He, for his part, took a great draught of the
wine, and spoke with the most unusual
solemnity.

'For thirty years,' he said, 'I've sailed the
seas, and seen good and bad, better and
worse, fair weather and foul, provisions
running out, knives going, and what not.
Well, now I tell you, I never seen good come
o' goodness yet. Him as strikes first is my
fancy; dead men don't bite; them's my
views—amen, so be it. And now, you look
here,' he added, suddenly changing his
tone, 'we've had about enough of this
foolery. The tide's made good enough by
now. You just take my orders, Cap'n
Hawkins, and we'll sail slap in and be done
with it.'

All told, we had scarce two miles to run; but
the navigation was delicate, the entrance to
this northern anchorage was not only narrow
and shoal, but lay east and west, so that the
schooner must be nicely handled to be got
in. I think I was a good, prompt subaltern,
and I am very sure that Hands was an
excellent pilot; for we went about and about,
and dodged in, shaving the banks, with a
certainty and a neatness that were a
pleasure to behold.

Scarcely had we passed the heads before
the land closed around us. The shores of
North Inlet were as thickly wooded as those
of the southern anchorage; but the space
was longer and narrower, and more like,
what in truth it was, the estuary of a river.
Right before us, at the southern end, we
saw the wreck of a ship in the last stages of
dilapidation. It had been a great vessel of
three masts, but had lain so long exposed to
the injuries of the weather, that it was hung
about with great webs of dripping
seaweed, and on the deck of it shore

-83-

bushes had taken root, and now flourished
thick with flowers. It was a sad sight, but it
showed us that the anchorage was calm.

'Now,' said Hands, 'look there; there's a
pet bit for to beach a ship in. Fine flat sand,
never a catspaw, trees all around of it, and
flowers a—blowing like a garding on that old
ship.'

'And once beached,' I inquired, 'how shall
we get her off again?'

'Why, so,' he replied: 'you take a line ashore
there on the other side at low water.' take a
turn about one o' them big pines; bring it
back, take a turn round the capstan, and lie-
to for the tide. Come high water, all hands
take a pull upon the line, and off she comes
as sweet as nature'. And now, boy, you
stand by. We're near the bit now, and she's
too much way on her. Starboard a
little—so—steady—starboard—larboard a
little—steady—steady!'

So he issued his commands, which I
breathlessly obeyed; till, all of a sudden, he
cried, 'Now, my hearty, luff!' And I put the
helm hard up, and the Hispaniola swung
round rapidly, and ran stem on for the low
wooded shore.

The excitement of these last manoeuvres
had somewhat interfered with the watch I
had kept hitherto, sharply enough upon the
coxswain. Even then I was still so much
interested waiting for the ship to touch, that I
had quite forgot the peril that hung over my
head, and stood craning over the starboard
bulwarks and watching the ripples
spreading wide before the bows. I might
have fallen without a struggle for my life,
had not a sudden disquietude seized upon
me, and made me turn my head. Perhaps I
had heard a creak, or seen his shadow
moving with the tail of my eye; perhaps it

was an instinct like a cat's; but sure enough,
when I looked round, there was Hands,
already half-way towards me, with the dirk
in his right hand.

We must both have cried out aloud when our
eyes met; but while mine was the shrill cry of
terror, his was a roar of fury like a charging
bull's. At the same instant he threw himself
forward and I leapt sideways towards the
bows. As I did so, I let go of the tiller, which
sprang sharp to leeward; and I think this
saved my life, for it struck Hands across the
chest, and stopped him, for the moment,
dead.

Before he could recover, I was safe out of
the corner where he had me trapped, with
all the deck to dodge about. Just forward of
the mainmast I stopped, drew a pistol from
my pocket, took a cool aim, though he had
already turned and was once more coming
directly after me, and drew the trigger. The
hammer fell, but there followed neither flash
nor sound; the priming was useless with
sea water. I cursed myself for my neglect.
Why had not I, long before, reprimed and
reloaded my only weapons? Then I should
not have been as now, a mere fleeing
sheep before this butcher.

Wounded as he was, it was wonderful how
fast he could move, his grizzled hair
tumbling over his face, and his face itself as
red as a red ensign with his haste and fury. I
had no time to try my other pistol, nor,
indeed, much inclination, for I was sure it
would be useless. One thing I saw plainly: I
must not simply retreat before him, or he
would speedily hold me boxed into the
bows, as a moment since he had so nearly
boxed me in the stern. Once so caught, and
nine or ten inches of the bloodstained dirk
would be my last experience on this side of
eternity. I placed my palms against the
mainmast, which was of a goodish

-84-

bigness, and waited, every nerve upon the
stretch.

Seeing that I meant to dodge, he also
paused; and a moment or two passed in
feints on his part, and corresponding
movements upon mine. It was such a game
as I had often played at home about the
rocks of Black Hill Cove; but never before,
you may be sure, with such a wildly beating
heart as now. Still, as I say, it was a boy's
game, and I thought I could hold my own at
it, against an elderly seaman with a
wounded thigh. Indeed, my courage had
begun to rise so high, that I allowed myself a
few darting thoughts on what would be the
end of the affair; and while I saw certainly
that I could spin it out for long, I saw no hope
of any ultimate escape.

Well, while things stood thus, suddenly the
Hispaniola struck, staggered, ground for an
instant in the sand, and then, swift as a
blow, canted over to the port side, till the
deck stood at an angle of forty-five
degrees, and about a puncheon of water
splashed into the scupper holes, and lay, in
a pool, between the deck and bulwark.

We were both of us capsized in a second,
and both of us rolled, almost together, into
the scuppers; the dead red-cap, with his
arms still spread out, tumbling stiffly after
us. So near were we, indeed, that my head
came against the coxswain's foot with a
crack that made my teeth rattle. Blow and
all, I was the first afoot again; for Hands had
got involved with the dead body. The
sudden canting of the ship had made the
deck no place for running on; I had to find
some new way of escape, and that upon the
instant, for my foe was almost touching me.
Quick as thought, I sprang into the mizzen
shrouds, rattled up hand over hand, and did
not draw a breath till I was seated on the
cross-trees.

I had been saved by being prompt; the dirk
had struck not half a foot below me, as I
pursued my upward flight; and there stood
Israel Hands with his mouth open and his
face upturned to mine, a perfect statue of
surprise and disappointment.

Now that I had a moment to myself, I lost no
time in changing the priming of my pistol,
and then, having one ready for service, and
to make assurance doubly sure, I
proceeded to draw the load of the other,
and recharge it afresh from the beginning.

My new employment struck Hands all of a
heap; he began to see the dice going
against him; and after an obvious
hesitation, he also hauled himself heavily
into the shrouds, and, with the the dirk in his
teeth, began slowly and painfully to mount. It
cost him no end of time and groans to haul
his wounded leg behind him; and I had
quietly finished my arrangements before he
was much more than a third of the way up.
Then, with a pistol in either hand, I
addressed him.

'One more step, Mr Hands,' said I, 'and I'll
blow your brains out! Dead men don't bite,
you know,' I added, with a chuckle.

He stopped instantly. I could see by the
working of his face that he was trying to
think, and the process was so slow an
laborious that, in my new-found security, I
laughed aloud. At last, with a swallow or
two, he spoke, his face still wearing the
same expression of extreme perplexity. In
order to speak he had to take the dagger
from his mouth, but, in all else, he remained
unmoved.

'Jim,' says he, 'I reckon we're fouled, you
and me, and we'll have to sign articles. I'd
have had you but for that there lurch: but I
don't have no luck, not I; and I reckon I'll

-85-

have to strike which comes hard, you see,
for a master mariner to a ship's younker like
you, Jim.'

I was drinking in his words and smiling
away, as conceited as a cock upon a wall,
when, all in a breath, back went his right
hand over his shoulder. Something sang
like an arrow through the air; I felt a blow
and then a sharp pang, and there I was
pinned by the shoulder to the mast. In the
horrid pain and surprise of the moment—I
scarce can say it was by my own volition,
and I am sure it was without a conscious
aim—both my pistols went off, and both
escaped out of my hands. They did not fall
alone; with a choked cry, the coxswain
loosed his grasp upon the shrouds, and
plunged head first into the water.

Chapter XXVII 'Pieces of Eight'

OWING to the cant of the vessel, the masts
hung far out over the water, and from my
perch on the cross-trees I had nothing
below me but the surface of the bay. Hands,
who was not so far up, was, in
consequence, nearer to the ship, and fell
between me and the bulwarks. He rose
once to the surface in a lather of foam and
blood, and then sank again for good. As the
water settled, I could see him lying huddled
together on the clean, bright sand in the
shadow of the vessel's sides. A fish or two
whipped past his body. Sometimes, by the
quivering of the water, he appeared to
move a little, as if he were trying to rise. But
he was dead enough, for all that, being both
shot and drowned, and was food for fish in
the very place where he had designed my
slaughter.

I was no sooner certain of this than I began
to feel sick, faint, and terrified. The hot
blood was running over my back and chest.
The dirk, where it had pinned my shoulder to

the mast, seemed to burn like a hot iron; yet
it was not so much these real sufferings that
distressed me, for these, it seemed to me, I
could bear without a murmur; it was the
horror I had upon my mind of falling from the
cross-trees into that still green water,
beside the body of the coxswain.

I clung with both hands till my nails ached,
and I shut my eyes as if to cover up the peril.
Gradually my mind came back again, my
pulses quieted down to a more natural time,
and I was once more in possession of
myself.

It was my first thought to pluck forth the dirk;
but either it stuck too hard or my nerve failed
me; and I desisted with a violent shudder.
Oddly enough, that very shudder did the
business. The knife, in fact, had come the
nearest in the world to missing me
altogether; it held me by a mere pinch of
skin, and this the shudder tore away. The
blood ran down the faster, to be sure; but I
was my own master again, and only tacked
to the mast by my coat and shirt.

These last I broke through with a sudden
jerk, and then regained the deck by the
starboard shrouds. For nothing in the world
would I have again ventured, shaken as I
was, upon the overhanging port shrouds,
from which Israel had so lately fallen.

I went below, and did what I could for my
wound; it pained me a good deal, and still
bled freely; but it was neither deep nor
dangerous, nor did it greatly gall me when I
used my arm. Then I looked around me, and
as the ship was now, in a sense, my own, I
began to think of clearing it from its last
passenger—the dead man, O'Brien.

He had pitched, as I have said, against the
bulwarks, where he lay like some horrible,
ungainly sort of puppet; life-sized, indeed,

-86-

but how different from life's colour or life's
comeliness! In that position, I could easily
have my way with him; and as the habit of
tragical adventures had worn off almost all
my terror for the dead, I took him by the
waist as if he had been a sack of bran, and,
with one good heave, tumbled him
overboard. He went in with a sounding
plunge; the red cap came off, and remained
floating on the surface; and as soon as the
splash subsided, I could see him and Israel
lying side by side, both wavering with the
tremulous movement of the water. O'Brien,
though still quite a young man, was very
bald. There he lay, with that bald head
across the knees of the man who had killed
him, and the quick fishes steering to and fro
over both.

I was now alone upon the ship; the tide had
just turned. The sun was within so few
degrees of setting that already the shadow
of the pines upon the western shore began
to reach right across the anchorage, and fall
in patterns on the deck. The evening breeze
had sprung up, and though it was well
warded off by the hill with the two peaks
upon the east, the cordage had begun to
sing a little softly to itself and the idle sails to
rattle to and fro.

I began to see a danger to the ship. The jibs
I speedily doused and brought tumbling to
the deck; but the mainsail was a harder
matter. Of course, when the schooner
canted over, the boom had swung
out—board, and the cap of it and a foot or
two of sail hung even under water. I thought
this made it still more dangerous; yet the
strain was so heavy that I half feared to
meddle. At last, I got my knife and cut the
halyards. The peak dropped instantly, a
great belly of loose canvas floated broad
upon the water; and since, pull as I liked, I
could not budge the downhaul; that was the
extent of what I could accomplish. For the

rest, the Hispaniola must trust to luck, like
myself.

By this time the whole anchorage had fallen
into shadow—the last rays, I remember,
falling through a glade of the wood, and
shining bright as jewels, on the flowery
mantle of the wreck. It began to be chill; the
tide was rapidly fleeting seaward, the
schooner settling more and more on her
beam-ends.

I scrambled forward and looked over. It
seemed shallow enough, and holding the
cut hawser in both hands for a last security, I
let myself drop softly overboard. The water
scarcely reached my waist; the sand was
firm and covered with ripple marks, and I
waded ashore in great spirits, leaving the
Hispaniola on her side, with her mainsail
trailing wide upon the surface of the bay.
About the same time the sun went fairly
down, and the breeze whistled low in the
dusk among the tossing pines.

At least, and at last, I was off the sea, nor
had I returned thence empty-handed. There
lay the schooner, clear at last from
buccaneers and ready for our own men to
board and get to sea again. I had nothing
nearer my fancy than to get home to the
stockade and boast of my achievements.
Possibly I might be blamed a bit for my
truantry, but the recapture of the Hispaniola
was a clenching answer, and I hoped that
even Captain Smollett would confess I had
not lost my time.

So thinking, and in famous spirits, I began
to set my face homeward for the block-
house and my companions. I remembered
that the most easterly of the rivers which
drain into Captain Kidd's anchorage ran
from the two-peaked hill upon my left; and I
bent my course in that direction that I might
pass the stream while it was small. The

-87-

wood was pretty open, and keeping along
the lower spurs, I had soon turned the corner
of that hill, and not long after waded to the
mid-calf across the water-course.

This brought me near to where I had
encountered Ben Gunn, the maroon; and I
walked more circumspectly, keeping an
eye on every side. The dusk had come nigh
hand completely, and, as I opened out the
cleft between the two peaks, I became
aware of a wavering glow against the sky
where, as I judged, the man of the island
was cooking his supper before a roaring
fire. And yet I wondered, in my heart that he
should show himself so careless. For if I
could see this radiance, might it not reach
the eyes of Silver himself where he camped
upon the shore among the marshes?

Gradually the night fell blacker; it was all I
could do to guide myself even roughly
towards my destination; the double hill
behind me and the Spy-glass on my right
hand loomed faint and fainter; the stars
were few and pale; and in the low ground
where I wandered I kept tripping among
bushes and rolling into sandy pits.

Suddenly a kind of brightness fell about me.
I looked up; a pale glimmer of moonbeams
had alighted on the summit of the Spy-
glass, and soon after I saw something
broad and silvery moving low down behind
the trees, and knew the moon had risen.

With this to help me, I passed rapidly over
what remained to me of my journey; and,
sometimes walking, sometimes running,
impatiently drew near to the stockade. Yet,
as I began to thread the grove that lies
before it, I was not so thoughtless but that I
slacked my pace and went a trifle warily. It
would have been a poor end of my
adventures to get shot down by my own
party in mistake.

The moon was climbing higher and higher;
its light began to fall here and there in
masses through the more open districts of
the wood; and right in front of me a glow of
a different colour appeared among the
trees. It was red and hot, and now and again
it was a little darkened—as it were the
embers of a bonfire smouldering.

For the life of me, I could not think what it
might be.

At last I came right down upon the borders
of the clearing. The western end was
already steeped in moonshine; the rest, and
the block-house itself, still lay in a black
shadow, chequered with long, silvery
streaks of light. On the other side of the
house an immense fire had burned itself
into clear embers and shed a steady, red
reverberation, contrasted strongly with the
mellow paleness of the moon. There was
not a soul stirring, nor a sound beside the
noises of the breeze.

I stopped, with much wonder in my heart,
and perhaps a little terror also. It had not
been our way to build great fires; we were,
indeed, by the captain's orders, somewhat
niggardly of firewood; and I began to fear
that something had gone wrong while I was
absent.

I stole round by the eastern end, keeping
close in shadow, and at a convenient place,
where the darkness was thickest, crossed
the palisade.

To make assurance surer, I got upon my
hands and knees, and crawled, without a
sound, towards the corner of the house. As I
drew nearer, my heart was suddenly and
greatly lightened. It is not a pleasant noise in
itself, and I have often complained of it at
other times; but just then it was like music to
hear my friends snoring together so loud

-88-

and peaceful in their sleep. The sea cry of
the watch, that beautiful 'All's well,' never
fell more reassuringly on my ear.

In the meantime, there was no doubt of one
thing; they kept an infamous bad watch. If it
had been Silver and his lads that were now
creeping in on them, not a soul would have
seen daybreak. That was what it was
thought I, to have the captain wounded; and
again I blamed myself sharply for leaving
them in that danger with so few to mount
guard.

By this time I had got to the door and stood
up. All was dark within, so that I could
distinguish nothing by the eye. As for
sounds, there was the steady drone of the
snorers, and a small occasional noise, a
flickering or pecking that I could in no way
account for.

With my arms before me I walked steadily in.
I should lie down in my own place (I thought,
with a silent chuckle) and enjoy their faces
when they found me in the morning.

My foot struck something yielding—it was a
sleeper's leg; and he turned and groaned,
but without awaking.

And then, all of a sudden, a shrill voice
broke forth out of the darkness:

'Pieces of eight! pieces of eight! pieces of
eight! pieces of eight! Pieces of eight!' and
so forth, without pause or change like the
clacking of a tiny mill.

Silver's green parrot, Captain Flint! It was
she whom I had heard pecking at a piece of
bark; it was she, keeping better watch than
any human being, who thus announced my
arrival with her wearisome refrain.

I had no time left me to recover. At the

sharp, clipping tone of the parrot, the
sleepers awoke and sprang up; and with a
mighty oath, the voice of Silver cried:—

'Who goes?'

I turned to run, struck violently against one
person recoiled, and ran full into the arms of
a second, who, for his part, closed upon
and held me tight.

'Bring a torch, Dick,' said Silver, when my
capture was thus assured.

And one of the men left the log-house, and
presently returned with a lighted brand.

PART VI. Captain Silver

Chapter XXVIII In the Enemy's Camp

THE red glare of the torch, lighting up the
interior of the block-house, showed me the
worst of my apprehensions realised. The
pirates were in possession of the house
and stores: there was the cask of cognac,
there were the pork and bread, as before;
and, what tenfold increased my horror, not a
sign of any prisoner. I could only judge that
all had perished, and my heart smote me
sorely that I had not been there to perish with
them.

There were six of the buccaneers, all told;
not another man was left alive. Five of them
were on their feet, flushed and swollen,
suddenly called out of the first sleep of
drunkenness. The sixth had only risen upon
his elbow: he was deadly pale, and the
blood-stained bandage round his head told
that he had recently been wounded, and still
more recently dressed. I remembered the
man who had been shot and had run back
among the woods in the great attack, and
doubted not that this was he.

-89-

The parrot sat, preening her plumage, on
Long John's shoulder. He himself, I thought,
looked somewhat paler and more stern than
I was used to. He still wore the fine
broadcloth suit in which he had fulfilled his
mission, but it was bitterly the worse for
wear, daubed with clay and torn with the
sharp briers of the wood.

'So,' said he, 'here's Jim Hawkins, shiver
my timbers! dropped in, like, eh? Well,
come, I take that friendly.'

And thereupon he sat down across the
brandy cask, and began to fill a pipe.

'Give me a loan of the link, Dick,' said he;
and then, when he had a good light, 'that'll
do, lad,' he added; 'stick the glim in the
wood heap; and you, gentlemen, bring
yourselves to!—you needn't stand up for Mr
Hawkins; he'll excuse you, you may lay to
that. And so, Jim'—stopping the
tobacco—'here you were, and quite a
pleasant surprise for poor old John I see you
were smart when first I set my eyes on you;
but this here gets away from me clean, it
do.'

To all this, as may be well supposed, I made
no answer. They had set me with my back
against the wall; and I stood there, looking
Silver in the face, pluckily enough, I hope, to
all outward appearance, but with black
despair in my heart

Silver took a whiff or two of his pipe with
great composure, and then ran on again.

'Now, you see, Jim, so be as you are here,'
says he, 'I'll give you a piece of my mind.
I've always liked you, I have, for a lad of
spirit, and the picter of my own self when I
was young and handsome. I always wanted
you to jine and take your share, and die a
gentleman, and now, my cock, you've got

to. Cap'n Smollett's a fine seaman, as I'll
own up to any day, but stiff on discipline.
"Dooty is dooty," says he, and right he is.
Just you keep clear of the cap'n. The doctor
himself is gone dead again you—"ungrateful
scamp" was what he said; and the short and
the long of the whole story is about here: you
can't go back to your own lot, for they won't
have you; and, without you start a third
ship's company all by yourself, which
mighty be lonely, you'll have to jine with
Cap'n Silver.'

So far so good. My friends, then, were still
alive, and though I partly believed the truth of
Silver's statement, that the cabin party were
incensed at me for my desertion, I was
more relieved than distressed by what I
heard.

'I don't say nothing as to your being in our
hands,' continued Silver, 'though there you
are, and you may lay to it. I'm all for
argyment; I never seen good come out o'
threatening. If you like the service, well,
you'll jine; and if you don't, Jim, why, you're
free to answer no—free and welcome,
shipmate; and if fairer can be said by mortal
seaman, shiver my sides!'

'Am I to answer, then?' I asked, with a very
tremulous voice. Through all this sneering
talk, I was made to feel the threat of death
that overhung me, and my cheeks burned
and my heart beat painfully in my breast.

'Lad,' said Silver, 'no one's a-pressing of
you. Take your bearings. None of us won't
hurry you, mate; time goes so pleasant in
your company, you see.'

'Well,' says I, growing a bit bolder, 'if I'm to
choose, I declare I have a right to know
what's what, and why you're here, and
where my friends are.'

-90-

'Wot's wot?' repeated one of the
buccaneers, in a deep growl. 'Ah, he'd be a
lucky one as knowed that!'

'You'll, perhaps, batten down your hatches
till you're spoke to, my friend,' cried Silver
truculently to this speaker. And then, in his
first gracious tones, he replied to me:
'Yesterday morning, Mr Hawkins,' said he,
'in the dog-watch, down came Doctor
Livesey with a flag of truce. Says he, "Cap'n
Silver, you're sold out. Ship's gone." Well,
maybe we'd been taking a glass, and a
song to help it round. I won't say no.
Leastways, none of us had looked out. We
looked out, and, by thunder! the old ship
was gone. I never seen a pack o' fools look
fishier; and you may lay to that, if I tells you
that looked the fishiest. "Well," says the
doctor, "let's bargain." We bargained, him
and I, and here we are: stores, brandy,
block-house, the firewood you was
thoughtful enough to cut, and, in a manner of
speaking, the whole blessed boat, from
cross-trees to kelson. As for them, they've
tramped; I don't know where's they are.'

He drew again quietly at his pipe.

'And lest you should take it into that head of
yours,' he went on, 'that you was included in
the treaty, here's the last word that was
said: "How many are you," says I, "to
leave?" "Four," says he—"four, and one of us
wounded. As for that boy, I don't know
where he is, confound him," says he, "nor I
don't much care. We're about sick of him."
These was his words.'

'Is that all?' I asked.

'Well, it's all that you're to hear, my son,'
returned Silver. 'And now I am to choose?'

'And now you are to choose, and you may
lay to that,' said Silver.

'Well,' said I, 'I am not such a fool but I know
pretty well what I have to look for. Let the
worst come to the worst, it's little I care. I've
seen too many die since I fell in with you. But
there's a thing or two I have to tell you,' I
said, and by this time I was quite excited;
'and the first is this: here you are, in a bad
way: ship lost, treasure lost, men lost; your
whole business gone to wreck; and if you
want to know who did it—it was I! I was in the
apple barrel the night we sighted land, and I
heard you, John, and you, Dick Johnson,
and Hands, who is now at the bottom of the
sea, and told every word you said before
the hour was out. And as for the schooner, it
was I who cut her cable, and it was I that
killed the men you ha aboard of her, and it
was I who brought her where you'll never
see her more, not one of you. The laugh's
on my side; I've had the top of this business
from the first; I no more fear you than I fear a
fly. Kill me, if you please, or spare me. But
one thing I'll say, and no more; if you spare
me, bygones are bygones, and when you
fellows are in court for piracy, I'll save you all
I can. It is for you to choose. Kill another and
do yourselves no good, or spare me and
keep a witness to save you from the
gallows.'

I stopped, for, I tell you, I was out of breath,
and, to my wonder, not a man of them
moved, but all sat staring at me like as many
sheep. And while they were still staring, I
broke out again:—

'And now, Mr Silver,' I said, 'I believe you're
the best man here, and if things go to the
worst, I'll take it kind of you to let the doctor
know the way I took it.'

'I'll bear it in mind,' said Silver, with an
accent so curious that I could not, for the life
of me, decide whether he were laughing at
my request, or had been favourably
affected by my courage.

-91-

'I'll put one to that,' cried the old mahogany-
faced seaman—Morgan by name—whom I
had seen in Long John's public house upon
the quays of Bristol. 'It was him that knowed
Black Dog.'

'Well, and see here,' added the sea-cook.
'I'll put another again to that, by thunder! for
it was this same boy that faked the chart
from Billy Bones. First and last, we've split
upon Jim Hawkins!'

'Then here goes!' said Morgan, with an
oath.

And he sprang up, drawing his knife as if he
had been twenty.

'Avast, there!' cried Silver. 'Who are you,
Tom Morgan? Maybe you thought you was
cap'n here, perhaps. By the powers, but I'll
teach you better! Cross me, and you'll go
where many a good man's gone before
you, first and last, these thirty year
back—some to the yard-arm, shiver my
timbers! And some by the board, and all to
feed the fishes. There's never a man looked
me between the eyes and seen 'a good day
afterwards, Tom Morgan, you may lay to
that.

Morgan paused; but a hoarse murmur rose
from the others. 'Tom's right,' said one.

'I stood hazing long enough from one,'
added another. 'I'll be hanged if I'll be hazed
by you, John Silver.'

'Did any of you gentlemen want to have it
out with me?' roared Silver, bending far
forward from his position on the keg, with
his pipe still glowing in his right hand. 'Put a
name on what you're at; you aint dumb, I
reckon. Him that wants shall get it. Have I
lived this many years, and a son of a rum
puncheon cock his hat athwart my hawse at

the latter end of it? You know the way;
you're all gentlemen o' fortune, by your
account. Well, I'm ready. Take a cutlass, him
that dares, and I'll see the colour of his
inside, crutch and all, before that pipe's
empty.'

Not a man stirred; not a man answered.

'That's your sort, is it?' he added, returning
his pipe to his mouth. 'Well, you're a gay lot
to look at, anyway. Not much worth to fight,
you aint. P'r'aps you can understand King
George's English. I'm cap'n here by
'lection. I'm cap'n here because I'm the
best man by a long sea-mile. You won't
fight, as gentlemen o' fortune should; then,
by thunder, you'll obey, and you may lay to it!
I like that boy, now; I never seen a better boy
than that. He's more a man than any pair of
rats of you in this here house, and what I say
is this: let me see him that'll lay a hand on
him—that's what I say, and you may lay to it.'

There was a long pause after this. I stood
straight up against the wall, my heart still
going like a sledge-hammer, but with a ray
of hope now shining in my bosom. Silver
leant back against the wall, his arms
crossed, his pipe in the corner of his mouth,
as calm as though he had been in church;
yet his eye kept wandering furtively, and he
kept the tail of it on his unruly followers.
They, on their part, drew gradually together
towards the far end of the block-house, and
the low hiss of their whispering sounded in
my ear continuously, like a stream. One
after another, they would look up, and the
red light of the torch would fall for a second
on their nervous faces; but it was not
towards me, it was towards Silver that they
turned their eyes.

'You seem to have a lot to say,' remarked
Silver, spitting far into the air. 'Pipe up and
let me hear it, or lay to.'

-92-

'Ax your pardon, sir,' returned one of the
men, 'you're pretty free with some of the
rules; maybe you'll kindly keep an eye upon
the rest. This crew's dissatisfied; this crew
don't vally bullying a marlin-spike; this crew
has its rights like other crews, I'll make so
free as that; and by your own rules, I take it
we can talk together. I ax your pardon, sir,
acknowledging you for to be capting at this
present; but I claim my right, and steps
outside for a council.'

And with an elaborate sea-salute, this
fellow, a long, ill-looking, yellow-eyed man
of five-and-thirty, stepped coolly towards
the door and disappeared out of the house.
One after another, the rest followed his
example; each making a salute as he
passed; each adding some apology.
'According to rules,' said one. 'Fo'c's'le
council,' said Morgan. And so with one
remark or another, all marched out, and left
Silver and me alone with the torch.

The sea-cook instantly removed his pipe.

'Now, look you here, Jim Hawkins,' he
said, in a steady whisper, that was no more
than audible, 'you're within half a plank of
death, and, what's a long sight worse, of
torture. They're going to throw me off. But,
you mark, I stand by you through thick and
thin. I didn't mean to; no, not till you spoke
up. I was about desperate to lose that much
blunt, and be hanged into the bargain. But I
see you was the right sort. I says to myself:
You stand by Hawkins, John, and Hawkins
'Il stand by you. You're his last card, and, by
the living thunder, John, he's yours! Back to
back, says I. You save your witness, and
he'll save your neck!'

I began dimly to understand.

'You mean all's lost?' I asked.

'Ay, by gum, I do!' he answered. 'Ship
gone, neck gone—that's the size of it. Once I
looked into that bay, Jim Hawkins, and
seen no schooner—well, I'm tough, but I gave
out. As for that lot and their council, mark
me, they're outright fools and cowards. I'll
save your life—if so be as I can—from them.
But, see here, Jim—tit for tat—you save Long
John from swinging.'

I was bewildered; it seemed a thing so
hopeless he was asking—he, the old
buccaneer, the ringleader throughout.

'What I can do, that I'll do,' I said.

'It's a bargain!' cried Long John. 'You
speak up plucky, and, by thunder! I've a
chance.'

He hobbled to the torch, where it stood
propped among the firewood, and took a
fresh light to his pipe.

'Understand me, Jim,' he said, returning.
'I've a head on my shoulders, I have. I'm on
squire's side now. I know you've got that
ship safe somewheres. How you done it, I
don't know, but safe it is. I guess Hands and
O'Brien turned soft. I never much believed in
neither of them. Now you mark me. I ask no
questions, nor I won't let others. I know
when a game's up, I do; and I know a lad
that's staunch. Ah, you that's young—you and
me might have done a power of good
together!'

He drew some cognac from the cask into a
tin cannikin.

'Will you taste, messmate?' he asked; and
when I had refused: 'Well, I'll take a drain
myself, Jim,' said he. 'I need a caulker, for
there's trouble on hand. And, talking o'
trouble, why did that doctor give me the
chart, Jim?'

-93-

My face expressed a wonder so unaffected
that he saw the needlessness of further
questions.

'Ah, well, he did, though,' said he. 'And
there's something under that, no
doubt—something, surely, under that,
Jim—bad or good.'

And he took another swallow of the brandy,
shaking his great fair head like a man who
looks forward to the worst.

Chapter XXIX The Black Spot Again

THE council of the buccaneers had lasted
some time, when one of them re-entered
the house, and with a repetition of the same
salute, which had in my eyes an ironical air,
begged for a moment's loan of the torch.
Silver briefly agreed; and this emissary
retired again, leaving us together in the
dark.

'There's a breeze coming, Jim,' said
Silver, who had, by this time, adopted quite
a friendly and familiar tone.

I turned to the loophole nearest me and
looked out. The embers of the great fire had
so far burned themselves out, and now
glowed so low and duskily, that I understood
why these conspirators desired a torch.
About half way down the slope to the
stockade, they were collected in a group;
one held the light; another was on his knees
in their midst, and I saw the blade of an
open knife shine in his hand with varying
colours, in the moon and torchlight. The rest
were all somewhat stooping, as though
watching the manoeuvres of this last. I could
just make out that he had a book as well as
a knife in his hand; and was still wondering
how anything so incongruous had come in
their possession, when the kneeling figure
rose once more to his feet, and the whole

party began to move together towards the
house.

'Here they come,' said I; and I returned to
my former position, for it seemed beneath
my dignity that they should find me watching
them.

'Well, let 'em come, lad—let 'em come,' said
Silver, cheerily. 'I've still a shot in my locker.'

The door opened, and the five men,
standing huddled together just inside,
pushed one of their number forward. In any
other circumstances it would have been
comical to see his slow advance, hesitating
as he set down each foot, but holding his
closed right hand in front of him.

'Step up, lad,' cried Silver. 'I won't eat you.
Hand it over, lubber. I know the rules, I do; I
won't hurt a depytation.'

Thus encouraged, the buccaneer stepped
forth more briskly, and having passed
something to Silver, from hand to hand,
slipped yet more smartly back again to hi
companions.

The sea-cook looked at what had been
given him.

'The black spot! I thought so,' he observed.
'Where might you have got the paper? Why,
hillo! look here, now: this aint lucky! You've
gone and cut this out of a Bible. What fool's
cut a Bible?'

'Ah, there!' said Morgan—there! Wot did I
say? No good'll come o' that, I said.'

'Well, you've about fixed it now, among
you,' continue Silver. 'You'll all swing now, I
reckon. What soft-headed lubber had a
Bible?'

-94-

'It was Dick,' said one.

'Dick, was it? Then Dick can get to
prayers,' said Silver 'He's seen his slice of
luck, has Dick, and you may lay to that.'

But here the long man with the yellow eyes
struck in.

'Belay that talk, John Silver,' he said. 'This
crew has tipped you the black spot in full
council, as in dooty bound; just you turn it
over, as in dooty bound, and see what's
wrote there. Then you can talk.'

'Thanky, George,' replied the sea-cook.
'You always was brisk for business, and
has the rules by heart, George, as I'm
pleased to see. Well, what is it, anyway? Ah!
"Deposed"—that's it, is it? Very pretty wrote,
to be sure; like print, I swear. Your hand o'
write, George? Why, you was gettin' quite a
leadin' man in this here crew. You'll be
cap'n next, shouldn't wonder. Just oblige
me with that torch again, will you? this pipe
don't draw.'

'Come, now,' said George, 'you don't fool
this crew no more. You're a funny man, by
your account; but you're over now, and
you'll maybe step down off that barrel, and
help vote.'

'I thought you said you knowed the rules,'
returned Silver contemptuously.
'Leastways, if you don't, I do; and I wait
here—and I'm still your cap'n, mind—till you
outs with your grievances, and I reply, in the
meantime, your black spot aint worth a
biscuit. After that, we'll see.'

'Oh,' replied George, 'you don't be under
no kind of apprehension; we're all square,
we are. First, you've made a hash of this
cruise—you'll be a bold man to say no to that.
Second, you let the enemy out o' this here

trap for nothing. Why did they want out? I
dunno; but it's pretty plain they wanted it.
Third, you wouldn't let us go at them upon
the march. Oh, we see through you, John
Silver; you want to play booty, that's what's
wrong with you. And then, fourth, there's
this here boy.'

'Is that all?' asked Silver quietly.

'Enough, too,' retorted George. 'We'll all
swing and sundry for your bungling.'

'Well, now, look here, I'll answer these four
p'ints; one after another I'll answer 'em. I
made a hash o' this cruise, did I? Well, now,
you all know what I wanted; and you all
know, if that had been done, that we'd 'a'
been aboard the Hispaniola this night as
ever was, every man of us alive, and fit, and
full of good plum-duff, and the treasure in
the hold of her, by thunder! Well, who
crossed me? Who forced my hand, as was
the lawful cap'n? Who tipped me the black
spot the day we landed, and began this
dance? Ah, it's a fine dance—I'm with you
there—and looks mighty like a hornpipe in a
rope's end at Execution Dock by London
town, it does. But who done it? Why, it was
Anderson, and Hands, and you, George
Merry! And you're the last above board of
that same meddling crew; and you have the
Davy Jones's insolence to up and stand for
cap'n over me—you, that sank the lot of us!
By the powers! but this tops the stiffest yarn
to nothing.'

Silver paused, and I could see by the faces
of George and his late comrades that these
words had not been said in vain.

'That's for number one,' cried the accused,
wiping the sweat from his brow, for he had
been talking with a vehemence that shook
the house. 'Why, I give you my word, I'm sick
to speak to you. You've neither sense nor

-95-

memory, and I leave it to fancy where your
mothers was that let you come to sea. Sea!
Gentlemen o' fortune! I reckon tailors is your
trade.'

'Go on, John,' said Morgan. 'Speak up to
the others.'

'Ah, the others!' returned John. 'They're a
nice lot, aint they? You say this cruise is
bungled. Ah! by gum, if you could
understand how bad it's bungled, you would
see! We're that near the gibbet that my
neck's stiff with thinking on it. You' seen
'em, maybe, hanged in chains, birds about
'em, seam p'inting 'em out as they go down
with the tide. "Who's that? Says one. 'That!
Why, that's John Silver. I knowed him well,"
says another. And you can hear the chains
a-jangle as you go about and reach for the
other buoy. Now, that about where we are,
every mother's son of us, thanks to him, and
Hands, and Anderson, and other ruination
fools of you. And if you want to know about
number four, and that boy, why, shiver my
timbers! isn't he a hostage? Are we a-
going to waste a hostage? No, not us; he
mighty be our last chance, and I shouldn't
wonder. Kill that boy? not me, mates! And
number three? Ah, well, there's a deal to
say to number three. Maybe you don't count
it nothing to have a real college doctor come
to see you every day—you, John, with your he
broke—or you, George Merry, that had the
ague shakes upon you not six hours agone,
and has your eyes the colour of lemon peel
to this same moment on the clock? And
maybe, perhaps you didn't know there was
a consort coming, either? But there is; and
not so long till then; and we'll see who'll be
glad have a hostage when it comes to that.
And as for number two and why I made a
bargain—well, you came crawling on your
knees to me to make it—on your knees you
came, you was that downhearted—and you'd
have starved, too, if hadn't—but that's a trifle!

you look there—that's why!'

And he cast down upon the floor a paper
that I instantly recognised-none other than
the chart on yellow paper, with the three red
crosses, that I had found in the oilcloth at the
bottom of the captain's chest. Why the
doctor had given to him was more than I
could fancy.

But if it were inexplicable to me, the
appearance of the chart was incredible to
the surviving mutineers. They leaped upon it
like cats upon a mouse. It went from hand to
hand, one tearing it from another; and by the
oaths and the cries and the childish laughter
with which they accompanied their
examination, you would have thought, not
only they were fingering the very gold, but
were at sea with it, besides, it safety.

'Yes,' said one, 'that's Flint, sure enough. J
F., and a score below, with a clove hitch to
it; so he done ever.'

'Mighty pretty,' said George. 'But how are
we to get away with it, and us no ship?'

Silver suddenly sprang up, and supporting
himself with a hand against the wall: 'Now I
give you warning, George,' he cried. 'One
more word of your sauce, and I'll call you
down and fight you. How? Why, how do I
know? You had ought to tell me that—you and
the rest, that lost me my schooner, with your
interference, burn you! But not you, you
can't; you hain't got the invention of a
cockroach. But civil you can speak, and
shall, George Merry, you may lay to that.'

'That's fair enow,' said the old man
Morgan.

'Fair! I reckon so,' said the sea-cook. 'You
lost the ship; I found the treasure. Who's the
better man at that? And now I resign, by

-96-

thunder! Elect whom you please to be your
cap'n now; I'm done with it.'

'Silver!' they cried. 'Barbecue for ever!
Barbecue for cap'n!'

'So that's the toon, is it?' cried the cook.
'George, I reckon you'll have to wait another
turn, friend; and lucky for you as I'm not a
revengeful man. But that was never my way.
And now, shipmates, this black spot?
'Tain't much good now, is it? Dick's
crossed his luck and spoiled his Bible, and
that's about all.'

'It'll do to kiss the book on still, won't it?'
growled Dick, who was evidently uneasy at
the curse he had brought upon himself.

'A Bible with a bit cut out!' returned Silver,
derisively. 'Not it. It don't bind no more'n a
ballad-book.'

'Don't it, though?' cried Dick, with a sort of
joy. 'Well, I reckon that's worth having, too.'

'Here, Jim—here's a cur'osity for you,' said
Silver; and he tossed me the paper.

It was a round about the size of a crown
piece. One side was blank, for it had been
the last leaf; the other contained a verse or
two of Revelation—these words among the
rest, which struck sharply home upon my
mind: 'Without are dogs and murderers.'
The printed side had been blackened with
wood ash, which already began to come off
and soil in fingers; on the blank side had
been written with the same material the one
word 'Depposed.' I have that curiosity
beside me at this moment; but not a trace of
writing now remain beyond a single scratch,
such as a man might make with his thumb-
nail.

That was the end of the night's business.

Soon after, with a drink all round, we lay
down to sleep, and the outside of Silver's
vengeance was to put George Merry up for
sentinel and threaten him with death if he
should prove unfaithful.

It was long ere I could close an eye, and
Heaven knows I had matter enough for
thought in the man whom I had slain that
afternoon, in my own most perilous
position, and, above all, in the remarkable
game that I saw Silver now engage
upon—keeping the mutineers together with
one hand, an grasping, with the other, after
every means, possible an impossible, to
make his peace and save his miserable life.
He himself slept peacefully, and snored
aloud; yet my heart was sore for him,
wicked as he was, to think on the dark peril
that environed, and the shameful gibbet that
awaited him.

Chapter XXX On Parole

I WAS wakened—Indeed, we were all
wakened, for I could see even the sentinel
shake himself together from where he had
fallen against the door-post—by a clear,
hearty voice hailing us from the margin of
the wood:— — align="justify">'Block-house,
ahoy!' it cried. 'Here's the doctor.'

And the doctor it was. Although I was glad to
hear the sound, yet my gladness was not
without admixture. I remembered with
confusion my insubordinate and stealthy
conduct; and when I saw where it had
brought me—among what companions and
surrounded by what dangers—I felt ashamed
to look him in the face.

He must have risen in the dark, for the day
had hardly come; and when I ran to a
loophole and looked out, I saw him
standing, like Silver once before, up to the
mid-leg in creeping vapour.

-97-

'You, doctor! Top o' the morning to you, sir!'
cried Silver, broad awake and beaming
with good-nature in a moment. 'Bright and
early, to be sure; and it's the early bird, as
the saying goes, that gets the rations.
George, shake up your timbers, son, and
help Dr Livesey over the ship's side. All a-
doin' well, your patients was—all well and
merry.'

So he pattered on, standing on the hill-top,
with his crutch under his elbow, and one
hand upon the side of the log-house—quite
the old John in voice, manner, and
expression.

'We've quite a surprise for you, too, sir,' he
continued. 'We've a little stranger here—he!
he! A noo boarder and lodger, sir, and
looking fit and taut as a fiddle; slep' like a
supercargo, he did, right alongside of
John—stem to stem we was, all night.'

Dr Livesey was by this time across the
stockade and pretty near the cook; and I
could hear the alteration in his voice as he
said:—

'Not Jim?'

'The very same Jim as ever was,' says
Silver.

The doctor stopped outright, although he
did not speak, and it was some seconds
before he seemed able to move on.

'Well, well,' he said, at last, 'duty first and
pleasure afterwards, as you might have
said yourself, Silver. Let us overhaul these
patients of yours.'

A moment afterwards he had entered the
block-house, and, with one grim nod to me,
proceeded with his work among the sick.
He seemed under no apprehension, though

he must have known that his life, among
these treacherous demons, depended on a
hair; and he rattled on to his patients as if he
were paying an ordinary professional visit in
a quiet English family. His manner, I
suppose, reacted on the men; for they
behaved to him as if nothing had
occurred—as if he were still ship's doctor,
and they still faithful hands before the mast.

'You're doing well, my friend,' he said to the
fellow with the bandaged head, 'and if ever
any person had a close shave, it was you;
your head must be as hard as iron. Well,
George, how goes it? You're a pretty
colour, certainly; why, your liver, man, is
upside down. Did you take that medicine?
Did he take that medicine, men?'

'Ay, ay, sir, he took it, sure enough,'
returned Morgan.

'Because, you see, since I am mutineers'
doctor, or prison doctor, as I prefer to call
it,' says Dr Livesey, in his pleasantest way,
'I make it a point of honour not to lose a man
for King George (God bless him!) and the
gallows.'

The rogues looked at each other, but
swallowed the home-thrust in silence.

'Dick don't feel well, sir,' said one.

'Don't he?' replied the doctor. 'Well, step up
here, Dick, and let me see your tongue. No,
I should be surprised if he did! the man's
tongue is fit to frighten the French. Another
fever.'

'Ah, there,' said Morgan, 'that comed of
sp'iling Bibles.'

'That comed—as you call it—of being arrant
asses, retorted the doctor, 'and not having
sense enough to know honest air from

-98-

poison, and the dry land from a vile,
pestiferous slough. I think it most
probable—though, of course, it's only an
opinion—that you'll all have the deuce to pay
before you get that malaria out of your
systems. Camp in a bog, would you? Silver,
I'm surprised at you. You're less of a fool
than many, take you all round; but you don't
appear to me to have the rudiments of a
notion of the rules of health.'

'Well,' he added, after he had dosed them
round, and they had taken his prescriptions,
with really laughable humility, more like
charity school-children than blood-guilty
mutineers and pirates—'well, that's done for
to-day. And now I should wish to have a talk
with that boy, please.'

And he nodded his head in my direction
carelessly.

George Merry was at the door, spitting and
spluttering over some bad-tasted
medicine; but at the first word of the
doctor's proposal he swung round with a
deep flush, and cried 'No!' and swore.

Silver struck the barrel with his open hand.

'Si-lence!' he roared, and looked about
him positively like a lion. 'Doctor,' he went
on, in his usual tones, 'I was a-thinking of
that, knowing as how you had a fancy for the
boy. We're all humbly grateful for your
kindness, and, as you see, puts faith in you,
and takes the drugs down like that much
grog. And I take it I've found a way as'll suit
all. Hawkins, will you give me your word of
honour as a young gentleman—for a young
gentleman you are, although poor born—your
word of honour not to slip your cable?

I readily gave the pledge required.

'Then, doctor,' said Silver, 'you just step

outside o' that stockade, and once you're
there, I'll the bring the boy down on the
inside, and I reckon you can yarn through the
spars. Good-day to you, sir, and all our
dooties to the squire and Cap'n Smollett.'

The explosion of disapproval, which nothing
but Silver's black looks had restrained,
broke out immediately the doctor had left
the house. Silver was roundly accused of
playing double—of trying to make a separate
peace for himself—of sacrificing the
interests of his accomplices and victims;
and, in one word, of the identical, exact
thing that he was doing. It seemed to me so
obvious, in this case, that I could not
imagine how he was to turn their anger. But
he was twice the man the rest were; and his
last night's victory had given him a huge
preponderance on their minds. He called
them all the fools and dolts you can imagine,
said it was necessary I should talk to the
doctor, fluttered the chart in their faces,
asked the if they could afford to break the
treaty the very day they we bound a-
treasure-hunting.

'No, by thunder!' he cried, 'it's us must
break the treaty when the time comes; and
till then I'll gammon that doctor, if I have to ile
his boots with brandy.'

And then he bade them get the fire lit, and
stalked out upon his crutch, with his hand on
my shoulder, leaving them in a disarray, and
silenced by his volubility rather than
convinced.

'Slow, lad, slow,' he said. 'They might
round upon us in a twinkle of an eye, if we
was seen to hurry.'

Very deliberately, then, did we advance
across the sand to where the doctor
awaited us on the other side of the
stockade, and as soon as we were within

-99-

easy speaking distance, Silver stopped.

'You 'Il make a note of this here also,
doctor,' says he, 'and the boy'll tell you how
I saved his life, and were deposed for it,
too, and you may lay to that. Doctor, when a
man's steering as near the wind as me-
playing chuck-farthing with the last breath in
his body, like—you wouldn't think it too much,
mayhap, to give him one good word? You'll
please bear in mind it's not my life only
now—it's that boy's into the bargain; and
you'll speak me fair, doctor, and give me a
bit o' hope to go on, for the sake of mercy.'

Silver was a changed man, once he was out
there and had his back to his friends and the
block-house; his cheeks seemed to have
fallen in, his voice trembled; never was a
soul more dead in earnest.

'Why, John, you're not afraid?' asked Dr
Livesey.

'Doctor, I'm no coward; no, not I—not so
much!' and he snapped his fingers. 'If I was
I wouldn't say it. —t I'll own up fairly, I've the
shakes upon me for the gallows. You're a
good man and a true; I never seen a better
man! And you'll not forget what I done good,
not any more than you'll forget the bad, I
know. And I step aside—see here—and leave
you and Jim alone. And you'll put that down
for me, too, for it's a long stretch, is that!'

So saying, he stepped back a little way, till
he was out of earshot, and there sat down
upon a tree-stump and began to whistle;
spinning round now and again upon his seat
so as to command a sight, sometimes of
me and the doctor, and sometimes of his
unruly ruffians as they went to and fro in the
sand, between the fire—which they were
busy rekindling—and the house, from which
they brought forth pork and bread to make
the breakfast.

'So, Jim,' said the doctor, sadly, 'here you
are. As you have brewed, so shall you drink,
my boy. Heaven knows, I cannot find it in my
heart to blame you; but this much I will say,
be it kind or unkind: when Captain Smollett
was well, you dared not have gone off; and
when he was ill, and couldn't help it, by
George, it was downright cowardly!'

I will own that I here began to weep.
'Doctor,' I said, 'you might spare me. I have
blamed myself enough; my life's forfeit
anyway, and I should have been dead by
now, if Silver hadn't stood for me; and
doctor, believe this, I can die—and I daresay I
deserve it—but what I fear is torture. If they
come to torture me—' — align="justify">'Jim,'
the doctor interrupted, and his voice was
quite changed, 'Jim I can't have this. Whip
over, and we'll run for it.'

'Doctor,' said I, 'I passed my word.'

'I know, I know,' he cried. 'We can't help
that, Jim, now. I'll take it on my shoulders,
holus bolus, blame and shame, my boy; but
stay here, I cannot let you. Jump! One jump,
and you're out, and we'll run for it like
antelopes.'

'No,' I replied, 'you know right well you
wouldn't do the thing yourself; neither you,
nor squire, nor captain; and no more will I.
Silver trusted me; I passed my word, and
back I go. But, doctor, you did not let me
finish. If they come to torture me, I might let
slip a word of where the ship is; for I got the
ship, part by luck and part by risking, and
she lies in North Inlet, on the southern
beach, and just below high water. At half-
tide she must be high and dry.'

'The ship!' exclaimed the doctor.

Rapidly I described to him my adventures,
and he heard me out in silence.

-100-

'There is a kind of fate in this,' he observed,
when I had done 'Every step, it's you that
saves our lives; and do you suppose by any
chance that we are going to let you lose
yours? That would be a poor return, my boy.
You found out the plot; you found Ben
Gunn—the best deed that ever you did, or will
do, though you live to ninety. Oh, by Jupiter,
and talking of Ben Gunn! why this is the
mischief in person. Silver!' he cried,
'Silver—I'll give you a piece of advice,' he
continued, as the cook drew near again;
'don't you be in any great hurry after that
treasure.'

'Why, sir, I do my possible, which that aint,'
said Silver. 'I can only, asking your pardon,
save my life and the boy's by seeking for
that treasure; and you may lay to that.'

'Well, Silver,' replied the doctor, 'if that is
so, I'll go one step further: look out for
squalls when you find it.'

'Sir,' said Silver, 'as between man and
man, that's too much and too little. What
you're after, why you left the block-house,
why you given me that there chart, I don't
know, now, do I? and yet I done your
bidding with my eyes shut and never a word
of hope! But no, this here's too much. If you
won't tell me what you mean plain out, just
say so, and I'll leave the helm.'

'No,' said the doctor, musingly, 'I've no right
to say more; it's not my secret, you see,
Silver, or, I give you my word, I'd tell it you.
But I'll go as far with you as I dare go, and a
step beyond; for I'll have my wig sorted by
the captain or I'm mistaken! And, first, I'll
give you a bit of hope: Silver, if we both get
alive out of this wolf-trap, I'll do my best to
save you, short of perjury.'

Silver's face was radiant. 'You couldn't say
more, I'm sure, sir, not if you was my

mother,' he cried.

'Well, that's my first concession,' added the
doctor. 'My second is a piece of advice:
Keep the boy close beside you, and when
you need help, halloo. I'm off to seek it for
you, and that itself will show you if I speak at
random. Good-bye, Jim.'

And Dr Livesey shook hands with me
through the stockade, nodded to Silver, and
set off at a brisk pace into the wood.

Chapter XXXI The Treasure Hunt—Flint's
Pointer

'JIM,' said Silver, when we were alone, 'if I
saved your life, you saved mine; and I'll not
forget it. I seen the doctor waving you to run
for it— with the tail of my eye, I did; and I seen
you say no, as plain as hearing. Jim, that's
one to you. This is the first glint of hope I had
since the attack failed, and I owe it you. And
now, Jim, we're to go in for this here
treasure hunting, with sealed orders, too,
and I don't like it; and you and me must stick
close, back to back like, and we'll save our
necks in spite o' fate and fortune.

Just then a man hailed us from the fire that
breakfast was ready, and we were soon
seated here and there about the sand over
biscuit and fried junk. They had lit a fire fit to
roast an ox; and it was now grown so hot
that they could only approach it from the
windward, and even there not without
precaution. In the same wasteful spirit, they
had cooked, I suppose, three times more
than we could eat; and one of them, with an
empty laugh, threw what was left into the
fire, which blazed and roared again over
this unusual fuel. I never in my life saw men
so careless of the morrow; hand to mouth is
the only word that can describe their way of
doing; and what with wasted food and
sleeping sentries, though they were bold

-101-

enough for a brush and be done with it, I
could see their entire unfitness for anything
like a prolonged campaign.

Even Silver, eating away, with Captain Flint
upon his shoulder, had not a word of blame
for their recklessness. And this the more
surprised me, for I thought he had never
shown himself so cunning as he did then.

'Ay, mates,' said he, 'it's lucky you have
Barbecue to think for you with this here
head. I got what I wanted, I did. Sure
enough, they have the ship. Where they have
it, I don't know yet; but once we hit the
treasure, we'll have to jump about and find
out. And then, mates, us that has the boats, I
reckon, has the upper hand.'

Thus he kept running on, with his mouth full
of the hot bacon: thus he restored their hope
and confidence, and, I more than suspect,
repaired his own at the same time.

'As for hostage,' he continued, 'that's his
last talk, I guess with them he loves so dear.
I've got my piece o' news, and thanky to him
for that; but it's over and done. I'll take him in
a line when we go treasure-hunting, for
we'll keep him like so much gold, in case of
accidents, you mark, and in the meantime.
Once we got the ship and treasure both,
and off to sea like jolly companions, why,
then, we'll talk Mr Hawkin over, we will, and
we'll give him his share, to be sure, for all
his kindness.

It was no wonder the men were in a good
humour now. For my part, I was horribly cast
down. Should the scheme he had now
sketched prove feasible, Silver, already
doubly a traitor, would not hesitate to adopt
it. He had still a foot in either camp, and
there was no doubt he would prefer wealth
and freedom with the pirates to a bare
escape from hanging, which was the best

he had to hope on our side.

Nay, and even if things so fell out that he
was forced to keep his faith with Dr
Livesey, even then what danger lay before
us! What a moment that would be when the
suspicions of his followers turned to
certainty, and he and I should have to fight
for dear life—he, a cripple, and I, a
boy—against five strong and active seamen!

Add to this double apprehension, the
mystery that still hung over the behaviour of
my friends; their unexplained desertion of
the stockade; their inexplicable cession of
the chart; or harder still to understand, the
doctor's last warning to Silver, 'Look out for
squalls when you find it;' and you will readily
believe how little taste I found in my
breakfast, and with how uneasy a heart I set
forth behind my captors on the quest for
treasure.

We made a curious figure, had anyone been
there to see us; all in soiled sailor clothes,
and all but me armed to the teeth. Silver had
two guns slung about him—one before and
one behind—besides the great cutlass at his
waist, and a pistol in each pocket of his
square-tailed coat. To complete his strange
appearance, Captain Flint sat perched
upon his shoulder and gabbling odds and
ends of purposeless sea-talk. I had a line
about my waist, and followed obediently
after the sea-cook, who held the loose end
of the rope, now in his free hand, now
between his powerful teeth. For all the
world, I was led like a dancing bear.

The other men were variously burthened;
some carrying picks and shovels—for that
had been the very first necessary they
brought ashore from the Hispaniola

—others laden with pork, bread, and brandy
for the midday meal. All the stores, I

-102-

observed, came from our stock; and I could
see the truth of Silver's words the night
before. Had he not struck a bargain with the
doctor, he and his mutineers, deserted by
the ship, must have been driven to subsist
on clear water and the proceeds of their
hunting. Water would have been little to their
taste; a sailor is not usually a good shot;
and, besides all that, when they were so
short of eatables, it was not likely they
would be very flush of powder.

Well, thus equipped, we all set out—even the
fellow with the broken head, who should
certainly have kept in shadow—and
straggled, one after another, to the beach,
where the two gigs awaited us. Even these
bore trace of the drunken folly of the pirates,
one in a broken thwart, and both in their
muddy and unbailed condition. Both were to
be carried along with us, for the sake of
safety; and so, with our numbers divided
between them, we set forth upon the bosom
of the anchorage.

As we pulled over, there was some
discussion on the chart. The red cross was,
of course, far too large to be a guide; and
the terms of the note on the back, as you will
hear, admitted of some ambiguity. They
ran, the reader may remember, thus:—

'Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a
point to the N. of N.N.E.

'Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E.

'Ten feet.'

A tall tree was thus the principal mark. Now,
right before us, the anchorage was
bounded by a plateau from two to three
hundred feet high, adjoining on the north the
sloping southern shoulder of the Spy-glass,
and rising again towards the south into the
rough, cliffy eminence called the Mizzen-

mast Hill. The top of the plateau was dotted
thickly with pine trees of varying height.
Every here and there, one of a different
species rose forty or fifty feet clear above
its neighbours, and which of these was the
particular 'tall tree' of Captain Flint could
only be decided on the spot, and by the
readings of the compass.

Yet, although that was the case, every man
on board the boats had picked a favourite
of his own ere we were half way over, Long
John alone shrugging his shoulders and
bidding them wait till they were there.

We pulled easily, by Silver's directions, not
to weary the hands prematurely; and, after
quite a long passage, landed at the mouth
of the second river—That which runs down a
woody cleft of the Spy-glass. Thence,
bending to our left, we began to ascend the
slope towards the plateau.

At the first outset, heavy, miry ground and a
matted, marish vegetation, greatly delayed
our progress; but by little and little the hill
began to steepen and become stony under
foot, and the wood to change its character
and to grow in a more open order. It was,
indeed, a most pleasant portion of the
island that we were now approaching. A
heavy-scented broom and many flowering
shrubs had almost taken the place of grass.
Thickets of green nutmeg trees were dotted
here and there with the red columns and the
broad shadow of' the pines; and the first
mingled their spice with the aroma of the
others. The air, besides, was fresh and
stirring, and this, under the sheer
sunbeams, was a wonderful refreshment to
our senses.

The party spread itself abroad, in a fan
shape, shouting and leaping to and fro.
About the centre, and a good way behind
the rest, Silver and I followed—I tethered by

-103-

my rope, he ploughing, with deep pants,
among the sliding gravel. From time to time,
indeed, I had to lend him a hand, or he must
have missed his footing and fallen
backward down the hill.

We had thus proceeded for about half a
mile, and were approaching the brow of the
plateau, when the man upon the farthest left
began to cry aloud, as if in terror. Shout
after shout came from him, and the others
began to run in his direction.

'He can't 'a' found the treasure,' said old
Morgan, hurrying past us from the right, 'for
that's clean a-top.'

Indeed, as we found when we also reached
the spot, it was something very different. At
the foot of a pretty big pine, and involved in
a green creeper, which had even partly
lifted some of the smaller bones, a human
skeleton lay, with a few shreds of clothing,
on the ground. I believe a chill struck for a
moment to every heart.

'He was a seaman,' said George Merry,
who, bolder than the rest, had gone up
close, and was examining the rags of
clothing. 'Leastways, this is good sea-
cloth.'

'Ay, ay,' said Silver, 'like enough; you
wouldn't look to find a bishop here, I reckon.
But what sort of a way is that for bones to
lie? 'Tain't in natur'.'

Indeed, on a second glance, it seemed
impossible to fancy that the body was in a
natural position. But for some disarray (the
work, perhaps, of the birds that had fed
upon him, or of the slow-growing creeper
that had gradually enveloped his remains)
the man lay perfectly straight—his feet
pointing in one direction, his hands, raised
above his head like a diver's, pointing

directly in the opposite.

'I've taken a notion into my old numskull,'
observed Silver. 'Here's the compass;
there's the tip-top pint o' Skeleton Island,
stickin' out like a tooth. Just take a bearing
will you, along the line of them bones.'

It was done. The body pointed straight in the
direction of the island, and the compass
read duly E.S.E. and by E.

'I thought so,' cried the cook; 'this here is a
p'inter. Right up there is our line for the Pole
Star and the jolly dollars. But, by thunder! if
it don't make me cold inside to think of Flint.
This is one of his jokes, and no mistake.
Him and these six was alone here; he killed
em, every man; and this one he hauled here
and laid down by compass, shiver my
timbers! They're long bones, and the hair's
been yellow. Ay, that would be Allardyce.
You mind Allardyce, Tom Morgan?'

'Ay, ay,' returned Morgan, 'I mind him; he
owed me money, he did, and took my knife
ashore with him.'

'Speaking of knives,' said another, 'why
don't we find his'n lying round? Flint warn't
the man to pick a seaman's pocket; and the
birds, I guess, would leave it be.'

'By the powers, and that's true!' cried
Silver.

'There aint a thing left here,' said Merry, still
feeling round among the bones, 'not a
copper doit nor a baccy box. It don't look
nat'ral to me.'

'No, by gum, it don't,' agreed Silver; 'not
nat'ral, nor not nice, says you. Great guns!
messmates, but if Flint was living, this
would be a hot spot for you and me. Six they
were, and six are we; and bones is what

-104-

they are now.

'I saw him dead with these here dead-
lights,' said Morgan. 'Billy took me in. There
he laid with penny-pieces on his eyes.

'Dead—ay, sure enough he's dead and gone
below,' said the fellow with the bandage;
'but if ever sperrit walked, it would be
Flint's. Dear heart, but he died bad, did
Flint!'

'Ay, that he did,' observed another; 'now he
raged, and now he hollered for the rum, and
now he sang. "Fifteen Men" were his only
song, mates; and I tell you true, I never
rightly liked to hear it since. It was main hot,
and the windy was open, and I hear that old
song comin' out as clear as clear— and the
death-haul on the man already.'

'Come, come,' said Silver, 'stow this talk.
He's dead, and he don't walk, that I know;
leastways, he won't walk by day and you
may lay to that. Care killed a cat. Fetch
ahead for the doubloons.'

We started, certainly; but in spite of the hot
sun and the staring daylight, the pirates no
longer ran separate and shouting through
the wood, but kept side by side and spoke
with bated breath. The terror of the dead
buccaneer had fallen on their spirits.

Chapter XXXII The Treasure Hunt—The
Voice Among the Trees

PARTLY from the damping influence of this
alarm, partly to rest Silver and the sick folk,
the whole party sat down as soon as they
had gained the brow of the ascent.

The plateau being somewhat tilted towards
the west, this spot on which we had paused
commanded a wide prospect on either
hand. Before us, over the tree-tops, we

beheld the Cape of the Woods fringed with
surf; behind, we not only looked down upon
the anchorage and Skeleton Island, but
saw—clear across the spit and the eastern
lowlands—a great field of open sea upon the
east. Sheer above us rose the Spy-glass,
here dotted with single pines, there black
with precipices. There was no sound but
that of the distant breakers, mounting from
all round, and the chirp of countless insects
in the brush. Not a man, not a sail upon the
sea; the very largeness of the view
increased the sense of solitude.

Silver, as he sat, took certain bearings with
his compass.

'There are three "tall trees" ' said he, 'about
in the right line from Skeleton Island. "Spy-
glass Shoulder," I take it, means that lower
p'int there. It's child's play to find the stuff
now. I've half a mind to dine first.'

'I don't feel sharp,' growled Morgan.
'Thinkin' o' Flint—I think it were—as done me.'

'Ah, well, my son, you praise your stars he's
dead,' said Silver.

'He were an ugly devil,' cried a third pirate,
with a shudder; 'that blue in the face, too!'

'That was how the rum took him,' added
Merry. 'Blue! well, I reckon he was blue.
That's a true word.'

Ever since they had found the skeleton and
got upon this train of thought, they had
spoken lower and lower, and they had
almost got to whispering by now, so that the
sound of their talk hardly interrupted the
silence of the wood. All of a sudden, out of
the middle of the trees in front of us, a thin,
high, trembling voice struck up the well-
known air and words:—

-105-

'Fifteen men on the dead man's chest—
—r>You-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!'

I never have seen men more dreadfully
affected than the pirates. The colour went
from their six faces like enchantment; some
leaped to their feet, some clawed hold of
others; Morgan grovelled on the ground.

'It's Flint, by——!' cried Merry.

The song had stopped as suddenly as it
began—broken off, you would have said, in
the middle of. a note, as though someone
had laid his hand upon the singer's mouth.
Coming so far through the clear, sunny
atmosphere among the green tree-tops, I
thought it had sounded airily and sweetly;
and the effect on my companions was the
stranger.

'Come,' said Silver, struggling with his
ashen lips to get the word out, 'this won't
do. Stand by to go about. This is a rum start,
and I can't name the voice: but it's someone
skylarking—someone that's flesh and blood,
and you may lay to that.'

His courage had come back as he spoke,
and some of the colour to his face along
with it. Already the others had begun to lend
an ear to this encouragement, and were
coming a little to themselves, when the
same voice broke out again—not this time
singing, but in a fainter distant hail, that
echoed yet faint among the clefts of the
Spy-glass.

'Darby M'Graw,' it wailed—for that is the
word that best describes the sound-'Darby
M'Graw! Darby M'Graw!' again and again
and again; and then rising a little higher, and
with an oath that I leave out, 'Fetch aft the
rum, Darby!'

The buccaneers remained rooted to the

ground, their eyes starting from their heads.
Long after the voice had died away they still
stared in silence, dreadfully, before them.

'That fixes it!' gasped one. 'Let's go.'

'They was his last words,' moaned Morgan,
'his last words above board.'

Dick had his Bible out, and was praying
volubly. He had been well brought up, had
Dick, before he came to sea and fell among
bad companions.

Still, Silver was unconquered. I could hear
his teeth rattle in his head; but he had not yet
surrendered.

'Nobody in this here island ever heard of
Darby,' he muttered; 'not one but us that's
here.' And then, making a great effort,
'Shipmates,' he cried, 'I'm here to get that
stuff, and I'll not be beat by man nor devil. I
never was feared of Flint in his life, and, by
the powers, I'll face him dead. There's
seven hundred thousand pound not a
quarter of a mile from here. When did ever a
gentleman o' fortune show his stern to that
much dollars, for a boosy old seaman with a
blue mug—and him dead, too?'

But there was no sign of re-awakening
courage in his followers; rather, indeed, of
growing terror at the irreverence of his
words.

'Belay there, John!' said Merry. 'Don't you
cross a sperrit.'

And the rest were all too terrified to reply.
They would have run away severally had
they dared; but fear kept them together, and
kept them close by John, as if his daring
helped them. He, on this part, had pretty
well fought his weakness down.

-106-

'Sperrit? Well, maybe,' he said. 'But there's
one thing not clear to me. There was an
echo. Now, no man ever seen a sperrit with
a shadow; well, then, what's he doing with
an echo to him, I should like to know? That
aint in natur', surely?'

This argument seemed weak enough to me.
But you can never tell what will affect the
superstitious, and, to my wonder, George
Merry was greatly relieved.

'Well, that's so,' he said. 'You've a head
upon your shoulders, John, and no mistake.
'Bout ship, mates! This here crew is on a
wrong tack, I do believe. And come to think
on it, it was like Flint's voice, I grant you, but
not just so clearaway like it, after all. It was
liker somebody else's voice now—it was
liker——'

'By the powers, Ben Gunn!' roared Silver.

'Ay, and so it were,' cried Morgan,
springing on his knees. 'Ben Gunn it were!'

'It don't make much odds, do it, now?'
asked Dick. 'Ben Gunn's not here in the
body, any more'n Flint.'

But the older hands greeted this remark with
scorn.

'Why nobody minds Ben Gunn,' cried Merry;
'dead or alive, nobody minds him.'

It was extraordinary how their spirits had
returned, and how the natural colour had
revived in their faces. Soon they were
chatting together, with intervals of listening;
and not long after, hearing no further sound,
they shouldered the tools and set forth
again, Merry walking first with Silver's
compass to keep them on the right line with
Skeleton Island. He had said the truth: dead
or alive, nobody minded Ben Gunn.

Dick alone still held his Bible, and looked
around him as he went, with fearful glances;
but he found no sympathy, and Silver even
joked him on his precautions.

'I told you,' said he—'I told you, you had
sp'iled your Bible. If it aint no good to swear
by, what do you suppose a sperrit would
give for it? Not that!' and he snapped his big
fingers, halting a moment on his crutch.

But Dick was not to be comforted; indeed, it
was soon plain to me that the lad was falling
sick; hastened by heat, exhaustion, and the
shock of his alarm, the fever, predicted by
Doctor Livesey, was evidently growing
swiftly higher.

It was fine open walking here, upon the
summit; our way lay a little downhill, for, as I
have said, the plateau tilted towards the
west. The pines, great and small, grew
wide apart; and even between the clumps
of nutmeg and azalea, wide open spaces
baked in the hot sunshine. Striking, as we
did, pretty near north-west across the
island, we drew, on the one hand ever
nearer under the shoulders of the Spy-
glass, and on the other, looked ever wider
over that western bay where I had once
tossed and trembled in the coracle.

The first of the tall trees was reached, and
by the bearing, proved the wrong one. So
with the second. The third rose nearly two
hundred feet into the air above a clump of
underwood; a giant of a vegetable, with a
red column as big as a cottage, and a wide
shadow around in which a company could
have manoeuvred. It was conspicuous far to
sea both on the east and west, and might
have been entered as a sailing mark upon
the chart.

But it was not its size that now impressed
my companions; it was the knowledge that

-107-

seven hundred thousand pounds in gold lay
somewhere buried below its spreading
shadow. The thought of the money, as they
drew nearer, swallowed up their previous
terrors. Their eyes burned in their heads;
their feet grew speedier and lighter; their
whole soul was bound up in that fortune, that
whole lifetime of extravagance and
pleasure, that lay waiting there for each of
them.

Silver hobbled, grunting, on his crutch; his
nostrils stood out and quivered; he cursed
like a madman when the flies settled on his
hot and shiny countenance; he plucked
furiously at the line that held me to him, and,
from time to time, turned his eyes upon me
with a deadly look. Certainly he took no
pains to hide his thoughts; and certainly I
read them like print. In the immediate
nearness of the gold, all else had been
forgotten; his promise and the doctor's
warning were both things of the past; and I
could not doubt that he hoped to seize upon
the treasure, find and board the Hispaniola
under cover of night, cut every honest throat
about that island, and sail away as he had at
first intended, laden with crimes and riches.

Shaken as I was with these alarms, it was
hard for me to keep up with the rapid pace
of the treasure-hunters. Now and again I
stumbled; and it was then that Silver
plucked so roughly at the rope and launched
at me his murderous glances. Dick, who
had dropped behind us, and now brought
up the rear, was babbling to himself both
prayers and curses, as his fever kept rising.
This also added to my wretchedness, and,
to crown all, I was haunted by the thought of
the tragedy that had once been acted on
that plateau, when that ungodly buccaneer
with the blue face—he who died at
Savannah, singing and shouting for
drink—had there, with his own hand, cut
down his six accomplices. This grove, that

was now so peaceful, must then have rung
with cries, I thought; and even with the
thought I could believe I heard it ringing still.

We were now at the margin of the thicket.

'Huzza, mates, altogether!' shouted Merry;
and the foremost broke into a run.

And suddenly, not ten yards further, we
beheld them stop. A low cry arose. Silver
doubled his pace, digging away with the
foot of his crutch like one possessed; and
next moment he and I had come also to a
dead halt.

Before us was a great excavation, not very
recent, for the sides had fallen in and grass
had sprouted on the bottom. In this were the
shaft of a pick broken in two and the boards
of several packing-cases strewn around.
On one of these boards I saw, branded with
a hot iron, the name Walrus—the name of
Flint's ship.

All was clear to probation. The cache had
been found and rifled: the seven hundred
thousand pounds were gone!

Chapter XXXIII The Fall of a Chieftain

THERE never was such an overturn in this
world. Each of these six men was as though
he had been struck. But with Silver the blow
passed almost instantly. Every thought of
his soul had been set full-stretch, like a
racer, on that money; well, he was brought
up in a single second, dead; and he kept his
head, found his temper, and changed his
plan before the others had had time to
realise the disappointment.

'Jim,' he whispered, 'take that, and stand
by for trouble.'

And he passed me a double-barrelled

-108-

pistol.

At the same time he began quietly moving
northward, and in a few steps had put the
hollow between us two and the other five.
Then he looked at me and nodded, as much
as to say, 'Here is a narrow corner,' as,
indeed, I thought it was. His looks were now
quite friendly; and I was so revolted at these
constant changes, that I could not forbear
whispering, 'So you've changed sides
again.'

There was no time left for him to answer in.
The buccaneers, with oaths and cries,
began to leap, one after another, into the
pit, and to dig with their fingers, throwing
the boards aside as they did so. Morgan
found a piece of gold. He held it up with a
perfect spout of oaths. It was a two-guinea
piece, and it went from hand to hand among
them for a quarter of a minute.

'Two guineas!' roared Merry, shaking it at
Silver. 'That's your seven hundred thousand
pounds, is it? You're the man for bargains,
aint you? You're him that never bungled
nothing, you wooden-headed lubber!'

'Dig away, boys,' said Silver, with the
coolest insolence; 'you'll find some pig-
nuts and I shouldn't wonder.'

'Pig-nuts!' repeated Merry, in a scream.
'Mates, do you hear that? I tell you, now, that
man there knew it all along. Look in the face
of him, and you'll see it wrote there.'

'Ah, Merry,' remarked Silver, 'standing for
cap'n again? You're a pushing lad, to be
sure.'

But this time everyone was entirely in
Merry's favour. They began to scramble out
of the excavation, darting furious glances
behind them. One thing I observed, which

looked well for us: they all got out upon the
opposite side from Silver.

Well, there we stood, two on one side, five
on the other the pit between us, and nobody
screwed up high enough to offer the first
blow. Silver never moved; he watched them
very upright on his crutch, and looked as
cool as ever I saw him. He was brave, and
no mistake.

At last, Merry seemed to think a speech
might help matters.

'Mates,' says he, 'there's two of them alone
there; one's the old cripple that brought us
all here and blundered us down to this; the
other's that cub that I mean to have the heart
of. Now, mates——'

He was raising his arm and his voice, and
plainly meant to lead a charge. But just
then—crack! crack! crack!—three musket-
shots flashed out of the thicket. Merry
tumbled head foremost into the excavation;
the man with the bandage spun round like a
teetotum, and fell all his length upon his
side, where he lay dead, but still twitching;
and the other three turned and ran for it with
all their might.

Before you could wink, Long John had fired
two barrels of a pistol into the struggling
Merry; and as the man rolled up his eyes at
him in the last agony, 'George,' said he, 'I
reckon I settled you.'

At the same moment the doctor, Gray, and
Ben Gunn joined us, with smoking
muskets, from among the nutmeg trees.

'Forward!' cried the doctor. 'Double quick,
my lads. We must head 'em off the boats.'

And we set off at a great pace, sometimes
plunging through the bushes to the chest.

-109-

I tell you, but Silver was anxious to keep up
with us. The work that man went through,
leaping on his crutch till the muscles of his
chest were fit to burst, was work no sound
man ever equalled; and so thinks the doctor.
As it was, he was already thirty yards
behind us, and on the verge of strangling,
when we reached the brow of the slope.

'Doctor,' he hailed, 'see there! no hurry!'

Sure enough there was no hurry. In a more
open part of the plateau, we could see the
three survivors still running in the same
direction as they had started, right for
Mizzen-mast Hill. We were already between
them and the boats; and so we four sat
down to breathe, while Long John, mopping
his face, came slowly up with us.

'Thank ye kindly, doctor,' says he. 'You
came in in about the nick, I guess, for me
and Hawkins. And so it's you, Ben Gunn!'
he added. 'Well, you're a nice one to be
sure.'

'I'm Ben Gunn, I am,' replied the maroon,
wriggling like an eel in his embarrassment.
'And,' he added, after a long pause, 'how
do, Mr Silver? Pretty well, I thank ye, says
you.'

'Ben, Ben,' murmured Silver, 'to think as
you've done me!' The doctor sent back
Gray for one of the pickaxes, deserted, in
their flight, by the mutineers; and then as we
proceeded leisurely down hill to where the
boats were lying, related, in a few words,
what had taken place. It was a story that
profoundly interested Silver; and Ben Gunn,
the half-idiot maroon, was the hero from
beginning to end.

Ben, in his long, lonely wanderings about
the island, had found the skeleton—it was he
that had rifled it; he had found the treasure;

he had dug it up (it was the haft of his
pickaxe that lay broken in the excavation);
he had carried it on his back, in many weary
journeys, from the foot of the tall pine to a
cave he had on the two-pointed hill at the
north-east angle of the island, and there it
had lain stored in safety since two months
before the arrival of the Hispaniola.

When the doctor had wormed this secret
from him, on the afternoon of the attack,
and when, next morning he saw the
anchorage deserted, he had gone to Silver,
given him the chart, which was now
useless—given him the stores, for Ben
Gunn's cave was well supplied with goats'
meat salted by himself—given anything and
everything to get a chance of moving in
safety from the stockade to the two-pointed
hill, there to be clear of malaria and keep a
guard upon the money.

'As for you, Jim,' he said, 'it went against
my heart, but I did what I thought best for
those who had stood by their duty; and if you
were not one of these, whose fault was it?'

That morning, finding that I was to be
involved in the horrid disappointment he had
prepared for the mutineers, he had run all
the way to the cave, and, leaving the squire
to I guard the captain, had taken Gray and
the maroon, and started, making the
diagonal across the island, to be at hand
beside the pine. Soon, however, he saw
that our party had the start of him; and Ben
Gunn, being fleet of foot, had been
despatched in front to do his best alone.
Then it had occurred to him to work upon the
superstitions of his former shipmates; and
he was so far successful that Gray and the
doctor had come up and were already
ambushed before the arrival of the treasure-
hunters.

'Ah,' said Silver, 'it were fortunate for me

-110-

that I had Hawkins here. You would have let
old John be cut to bits, and never given it a
thought, doctor.'

'Not a thought,' replied Doctor Livesey,
cheerily.

And by this time we had reached the gigs.
The doctor, with the pick-axe, demolished
one of them, and then we all got aboard the
other, and set out to go round by sea for
North Inlet.

This was a run of eight or nine miles. Silver,
though he was almost killed already with
fatigue, was set to an oar, like the rest of us,
and we were soon skimming swiftly over a
smooth sea. Soon we passed out of the
straits and doubled the south-east corner of
the island, round which, four days ago, we
had towed the Hispaniola.

As we passed the two-pointed hill, we
could see the black mouth of Ben Gunn's
cave, and a fire standing by it, leaning on a
musket. It was the squire; and we waved a
handkerchief and gave him three cheers, in
which the voice of Silver joined as heartily
as any.

Three miles, farther, just inside the mouth
of North Inlet, what should we meet but the
Hispaniola, cruising by herself? The last
flood had lifted her; and had there been
much wind, or a strong tide current, as in the
southern anchorage, we should never have
found her more, or found her stranded
beyond help. As it was, there was little
amiss, beyond the wreck of the mainsail.
Another anchor was got ready, and
dropped in a fathom and a half of water. We
all pulled round again to Rum Cove, the
nearest point for Ben Gunn's treasure-
house; and then Gray, single-handed,
returned with the gig to the Hispaniola,
where he was to pass the night on guard.

A gentle slope ran up from the beach to the
entrance of the cave. At the top, the squire
met us. To me he was cordial and kind,
saying nothing of my escapade, either in the
way of blame or praise. At Silver's polite
salute he somewhat flushed.

'John Silver,' he said, 'you're a prodigious
villain and impostor-a monstrous impostor,
sir. I am told I am not to prosecute you. Well,
then, I will not. But the dead men, sir, hang
about your neck like millstones.'

'Thank you kindly, sir,' replied Long John,
again saluting.

'I dare you to thank me!' cried the squire. 'It
is a gross dereliction of my duty. Stand
back.'

And thereupon we all entered the cave. It
was a large, airy place, with a little spring
and a pool of clear water, overhung with
ferns. The floor was sand. Before a big fire
lay Captain Smollett; and in a far corner,
only duskily flickered over by the blaze, I
beheld great heaps of coin and
quadrilaterals built of bars of gold. That was
Flint's treasure that we had come so far to
seek, and that had cost already the lives of
seventeen men from the Hispaniola. How
many it had cost in the amassing, what
blood and sorrow, what good ships scuttled
on the deep, what brave men walking the
plank blindfold, what shot of cannon, what
shame and lies and cruelty, perhaps no man
alive could tell. Yet there were still three
upon that island—Silver, and old Morgan,
and Ben Gunn—who had each taken his
share in these crimes, as each had hoped
in vain to share in the reward.

'Come in, Jim,' said the captain. 'You're a
good boy in your line, Jim; but I don't think
you and me'll go to sea again. You're too
much of the born favourite for me. Is that

-111-

you, John Silver? What brings you here,
man?'

'Come back to my dooty, sir,' returned
Silver.

'Ah!' said the captain; and that was all he
said.

What a supper I had of it that night, with all
my friends around me; and what a meal it
was, with Ben Gunn's salted goat, and
some delicacies and a bottle of old wine
from the Hispaniola. Never, I am sure, were
people gayer or happier. And there was
Silver, sitting back almost out of the
firelight, but eating heartily, prompt to spring
forward when anything was wanted, even
joining quietly in our laughter—the same
bland, polite, obsequious seaman of the
voyage out.

Chapter XXXIV And Last

THE next morning we fell early to work, for
the transportation of this great mass of gold
near a mile by land to the beach, and thence
three miles by boat to the Hispaniola, was a
considerable task for so small a number of
workmen. The three fellows still abroad
upon the island did not greatly trouble us; a
single sentry on the shoulder of the hill was
sufficient to insure us against any sudden
onslaught, and we thought, besides, they
had had more than enough of fighting.

Therefore the work was pushed on briskly.
Gray and Ben Gunn came and went with the
boat, while the rest during their absences,
piled treasure on the beach. Two of the
bars, slung in a rope's-end, made a good
load for a grown man—one that he was glad
to walk slowly with. For my part, as I was not
much use at carrying, I was kept busy all day
in the cave, packing the minted money into
bread-bags.

It was a strange collection, like Billy Bones
hoard for the diversity of coinage, but so
much larger and so much more varied that I
think I never had more pleasure than in
sorting them. English, French, Spanish,
Portugese, Georges, and Louises,
doubloons and double guineas and
moindores and sequins, the pictures of all
the kings of Europe for the last hundred
years, strange Oriental pieces stamped
with what looked like wisps of string or bits
of spider's web, round pieces and square
pieces, and pieces bored through the
middle, as if to wear them round your
neck—nearly every variety of money in the
world must, I thin, have found a place in that
collection; and for number, I am sure they
were like autumn leaves, so that my back
ached with stooping and my fingers with
sorting them out.

Day after day this work went on; by every
evening a fortune had been stowed aboard,
but there was another fortune waiting for the
morrow; and all this time we heard nothing
of the three surviving mutineers.

At last—I think it was on the third night—the
doctor and I were strolling on the shoulder of
the hill where it overlooks the lowlands of
the isle, when, from out the thick darkness
below, the wind brought us a noise between
shrieking and singing. It was only a snatch
that reached our ears, followed by the
former silence.

'Heaven forgive them,' said the doctor; ''tis
the mutineers!'

'All drunk, sir,' struck in the voice of Silver
from behind us. Silver, I should say, was
allowed his entire liberty, and, in spite of
daily rebuffs, seemed to regard himself
once more as quite a privileged and friendly
dependant. Indeed, it was remarkable how
well he bore these slights, and with what

-112-

unwearying politeness he kept on trying to
ingratiate himself with all. Yet, I think, none
treated him better than a dog; unless it was
Ben Gunn, who was still terribly afraid of his
old quartermaster, or myself, who had really
something to thank him for; although for that
matter, I suppose, I had reason to think even
worse of him than anybody else, for I had
seen him meditating a fresh treachery upon
the plateau. Accordingly, it was pretty gruffly
that the doctor answered him.

'Drunk or raving,' said he.

'Right you were, sir,' replied Silver; 'and
precious little odds which, to you and me.'

'I suppose you would hardly ask me to call
you a humane man,' returned the doctor,
with a sneer, 'and so my feelings may
surprise you, Master Silver. But if I were
sure they were raving—as I am morally
certain one, at least, of them is down with
fever--I —ould leave this camp, and, at
whatever risk to my own carcase, take them
the assistance of my skill.'

'Ask your pardon, sir, you would be very
wrong,' quoth Silver. 'You would lose your
precious life, and you may lay to that. I'm on
your side now, hand and glove; and I
shouldn't wish for to see the party
weakened, let alone yourself, seeing as I
know what I owes you. But these men down
there, they couldn't keep their word—no, not
supposing they wished to; and what's
more, they couldn't believe as you could.'

'No,' said the doctor. 'You're the man to
keep your word, we know that.'

Well, that was about the last news we had of
the three pirates. Only once we heard a
gunshot a great way off, and supposed
them to be hunting. A council was held, and
it was decided that we must desert them on

the island—to the huge glee, I must say, of
Ben Gunn, and with the strong approval of
Gray. We left a good stock of powder and
shot, the bulk of the salt goat, a few
medicines, and some other necessaries,
tools, clothing, a spare sail, a fathom or two
of rope, and, by the particular desire of the
doctor, a handsome present of tobacco.

That was about our last doing on the island.
Before that, we had got the treasure
stowed, and had shipped enough water
and the remainder of the goat meat, in case
of any distress; and at last, one fine
morning, we weighed anchor, which was
about all that we could manage, and stood
out of North Inlet, the same colours flying
that the captain had flown and fought under
at the palisade.

The three fellows must have been watching
us closer than we thought for, as we soon
had proved. For, coming through the
narrows, we had to lie very near the
southern point, and there we saw all three of
them kneeling together on a spit of sand,
with their arms raised in supplication. It went
to all our hearts, I think, to leave them in that
wretched state; but we could not risk
another mutiny; and to take them home for
the gibbet would have been a cruel sort of
kindness. The doctor hailed them and told
them of the stores we had left, and where
they were to find them. But they continued to
call us by name, and appeal to us, for God's
sake, to be merciful, and not leave them to
die in such a place.

At last, seeing the ship still bore on her
course, and was now swiftly drawing out of
earshot, one of them—I know not which it
was—leapt to his feet with a hoarse cry,
whipped his musket to his shoulder, and
sent a shot whistling over Silver's head and
through the mainsail.

-113-

After that, we kept under cover of the
bulwarks, and when next I looked out they
had disappeared from the spit, and the spit
itself had almost melted out of sight in the
growing distance. That was, at least, the
end of that; and before noon, to my
inexpressible joy, the highest rock of
Treasure Island had sunk into the blue round
of sea.

We were so short of men, that everyone on
board had to bear a hand-only the captain
lying on a mattress in the stern and giving
his orders; for, though greatly recovered he
was still in want of quiet. We laid her head
for the nearest port in Spanish America, for
we could not risk the voyage home without
fresh hands; and as it was, what with
baffling winds and a couple of fresh gales,
we were all worn out before we reached it.

It was just at sundown when we cast anchor
in a most beautiful land-locked gulf, and
were immediately surrounded by shore
boats full of negroes, and Mexican Indians,
and half-bloods, selling fruits and
vegetables, and offering to dive for bits of
money. The sight of so many good-
humoured faces (especially the blacks), the
taste of the tropical fruits, and above all, the
lights that began to shine in the town, made
a most charming contrast to our dark and
bloody sojourn on the island; and the doctor
and the squire, taking me along with them,
went ashore to pass the early part of the
night. Here they met the captain of an
English man-of-war, fell in talk with him,
went on board his ship, and, in short, had so
agreeable a time, that day was breaking
when we came alongside the Hispaniola.

Ben Gunn was on deck alone, and, as soon
as we came on board, he began, with
wonderful contortions, to make us a
confession. Silver was gone. The maroon
had connived at his escape in a shore boat

some hours ago, and he now assured us he
had only done so to preserve our lives,
which would certainly have been forfeit if
'that man with the one leg had stayed
aboard.' But this was not all. The sea-cook
had not gone empty handed. He had cut
through a bulkhead unobserved, and had
removed one of the sacks of coin, worth,
perhaps, three or four hundred guineas, to
help him on his further wanderings.

I think we were all pleased to be so cheaply
quit of him. Well, to make a long story short,
we got a few hands on board, made a good
cruise home, and the Hispaniola reached
Bristol just as Mr Blandly was beginning to
think of fitting out her consort. Five men only
of those who had sailed returned with her.
'Drink and the devil had done for the rest,'
with a vengeance; although, to be sure, we
were not quite in so bad a case as that other
ship they sang about:

'With one man of her crew alive,

What put to sea with seventy-five.'

All of us had an ample share of the treasure,
and used it wisely or foolishly, according to
our natures. Captain Smollett is now retired
from the sea. Gray not only saved his
money, but, being suddenly smit with the
desire to rise, also studied his profession;
and he is now mate and part owner of a fine
full-rigged ship; married besides, and the
father of a family. As for Ben Gunn, he got a
thousand pound-which he spent or lost in
three weeks, or, to be more exact, in
nineteen days, for he was back begging on
the twentieth. Then he was given a lodge to
keep, exactly as he had feared upon the
island; and he still lives, a great favourite,
though something of a butt, with the country
boys, and a notable singer in church on
Sundays and saints' days.

-114-

Of Silver we have heard no more. That
formidable seafaring man with one leg has
at last gone clean out of my life; but I
daresay he met his old negress, and
perhaps still lives in comfort with her and
Captain Flint. It is to be hoped so, I
suppose, for his chances of comfort in
another world are very small.

The bar silver and the arms still lie, for all
that I know, where Flint buried them; and
certainly they shall lie there for me. Oxen
and wain-ropes would not bring me back
again to that accursed island; and the worst
dreams that ever I have are when I hear the
surf booming about its coasts, or start
upright in bed, with the sharp voice of
Captain Flint still ringing in my ears: 'Pieces
of eight! pieces of eight!'

-115-